• Skip to primary navigation
  • Skip to main content
  • Skip to primary sidebar
Life is a Party
  • Recipe Index
  • Parties & Entertaining
  • Spring and Easter
  • Subscribe
  • Free Resource Library
menu icon
go to homepage
  • Recipe Index
  • Parties & Entertaining
  • Spring and Easter
  • Subscribe
  • Free Resource Library
subscribe
search icon
Homepage link
  • Recipe Index
  • Parties & Entertaining
  • Spring and Easter
  • Subscribe
  • Free Resource Library
×
Home

DIY Gingerbread Decor Ideas To Make With Your Cricut

DIY Gingerbread Decor Ideas To Make With Your Cricut

Nov 20, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Cricut gingerbread decor felt gingerbread house banner and gingerbread canister with vinyl gingerbread houses

DIY Gingerbread Decor Ideas To Make With Your Cricut: make a gingerbread house banner with felt and iron-on vinyl and a glass canister.

Cricut gingerbread house felt banner and matching gingerbread canister with vinyl gingerbread houses
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Gingerbread is this years hottest Christmas decorating trend.  I thought it would be fun to make some of our own DIY gingerbread decor.  This gingerbread house felt banner is the perfect piece to use in your kitchen or even on your mantel for the holiday season.  And our second project is a gingerbread house canister.  We were inspired by the Amsterdam canal houses, and our gingerbread version is so sweet.  We added so many sweet white details to look like royal icing.

Felt

I love making handmade ornaments for the holidays and felt banner is such a great addition.  No need for salt dough gingerbread cookies, hot glue, or puffy paint, our gingerbread house Christmas decorations are made out of felt and iron-on vinyl.  There's no mess involved in making these gingerbread ornaments, and they will last forever.  These tiny gingerbread houses were inspired by Amsterdam canal houses, and they could not be any sweeter.  They have all the cuteness of regular gingerbread man decorations, but with the added charm of a European feel.

gingerbread banner

Materials for the Felt Gingerbread House Banner

  • Gingerbread House Banner cut file -Cricut Design Space
  • brown felt
  • white iron-on vinyl
  • Cricut Maker
  • old cutting mat
  • painter's tape
  • rotary blade
  • Cricut Easypress

How To Make The Gingerbread House Felt Banner

Cut File

Find the cutting file in Cricut Design Space.  Be sure to follow me "Life is a Party -Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist" so you can find all the projects I share in Cricut Design Space.  You can adjust the size if you want your gingerbread houses larger or smaller.  There are five different designs.  We cut out two of each for a banner with 10 houses on it.  When you're ready to make the project, click Make It.

Using The Rotary Blade

We cut our felt out on the Cricut Maker, using the rotary cutting blade.  I highly recommend it.  The rotary blade cut through the felt so perfectly and easily.  After choosing felt as your material.  Click on "Edit Tools" to switch the tool from the fine point blade to the rotary blade.  And also switch out the blade on the actual Cricut Maker.

Adding Your Felt To The Cutting Mat

A tip for adding your felt to your cutting mat is to use an old mat so that you don't ruin a new one with all the felt fibers, and reinforce the stickiness by going around the outside with some painter's tape.  That will hold your felt in place for the cut perfectly without ruining your Cricut cutting mat.

Weeding

Once your felt is cut out, also cut out the iron-on vinyl in white vinyl.  And then weed it.  This intricate pattern is difficult to weed.  Take your time and work carefully using your weeding tools to help you.

diy gingerbread felt banner

After your design is fully weeded it's time to iron it on.  We used the Cricut Easy Press.  Choose felt and iron-on vinyl as your materials in the Cricut Heat app, or use the Cricut Heat Guide to check the timings and temperature.  Be sure to wait for the transfer to cool before peeling off the backer piece.

how to make gingerbread decor

We used some brown embroidery cotton and a needle to stitch our banner together.  No need for a hole punch to make a little hole, just use a needle to add one long stitch to each one to create the banner.  The finished banner is fun layered with other garland and holiday decorations.  We used some stick on removable hooks and tied the ends of the garland for an easy addition to our kitchen decor.

gingerbread house banner

More Banner Options and Ideas

We love the plain and simple look of this banner and made our banner 2-D but you could make it more 3-D, if you prefer, by cutting out two felt pieces, sewing them together and stuffing them.  Just be sure to do your iron-on before stitching so you have a nice flat surface.  You might to also make your white icing details slightly smaller, to accommodate the sewing seam around the outside. 

Other options are to add a heart in red, pink, or white cut from felt and strung between each house.  Or you could use beads.  Wood beads would be a great addition or felted wool ball beads between the houses in a pattern.

gingerbread house decor ideas

We also thought that these little felt houses would be adorable as individual homemade ornaments.  To make these into Gingerbread house ornaments you could either make the 3-D version or flat ones like these.  Just add some ribbon sewn to the top for hanging on the Christmas tree, or use ornament hooks.  These gingerbread Christmas tree ornaments would be especially perfect for commemorating a new house purchase this year.  You could add the house number and year of purchase to the back of the ornament with iron-on as a special keepsake to remember the year you bought the new house.  This is such a nice idea as a gift as well.

Another great idea is to make them into felt food for kids to play with, again either the 3-D version, or the flat ones.

You could even use them as adorable custom made gift tags for a personal touch.  Just cut out the gift receiver's name in vinyl and iron it on to the back and tie it to a gift with ribbon.

gingerbread decor ideas

Gingerbread House Canister Materials

  • glass canister with straight sides
  • alcohol wipes
  • brown vinyl
  • white vinyl
  • Cricut
  • Cricut Design Space Canister cut files
  • Cricut
  • cutting mat

Making the Canister

Sizing the Cut File To Fit Your Canister

Measure the distance around the circumference of your canister.  Open the cut file in Cricut Design Space.  Click on "Shapes" on the left side menu and add a square to your canvas.  Unlock the squares dimensions on the top menu, adjust the size to be the same as the distance around your canister and the height.  Make sure this new rectangle representing your canister size is behind the houses and adjust their size by selecting them all and using the scale button.  You can slice or add more houses to get the right number of houses to fit your own canister.  Then use the align button and distribute horizontally to get them all as evenly spaced as possible.  When you're happy with the design, be sure to attach as many houses together as will fit on your 12 x 12 cutting mat.  This will make it easier to apply the house pieces in a straight line.  Now cut out the houses in brown vinyl and white details in white vinyl.

gingerbread decor dit

Weeding

Once the items are all cut out, weed your base of the house and the white icing details.  The white vinyl is very intricate and you will have to take your time weeding it, and making sure to get all the tiny details. Now apply transfer tape to each individual section of white, one piece per house.  Use your scraper to apply the transfer tape.

Layering The Vinyl

Next you want to apply the white details pieces onto the brown vinyl, this step is easier to do while it's flat, before it's on the curved surface of the canister.  Try and line up the sides of the windows and place them evenly onto the brown background house pieces. 

Applying To The Canister

Once all the white house details are in place, it's time to apply the houses to the glass canister.  Clean the glass surface with an alcohol wipe to remove any grease or residue.  Then apply a large piece of transfer tape over a whole row of houses, and use your scraper to apply it.  Without removing the backer piece, position the houses on the canister, making them as straight as possible.  Apply a piece of tape to one edge to hold the vinyl in place once you remove the backer.  Then starting on one side slowly remove the backer and flatten the vinyl into place, smoothing it out to remove any air bubbles as you go.  

gingerbread canister

I tried several methods of applying the vinyl, and this is the easiest way to get a nice straight line of houses.

Once the houses are applied all the way around the canister, it's finished and ready to use in the kitchen.  We tied a ribbon around ours, we like pink, but red bows would be so festive too.

Canister Ideas

I filled two slightly different sized canisters with dry ingredients all ready for baking.  One is holding white sugar, and the other is full of all purpose flour.  This airtight container is perfect for holding ingredients, but it would also be so much fun full of actual gingerbread.  And how perfect for gift giving would one of these custom canisters with gingerbread men be?  You could include the canister with one of your favorite gingerbread recipes, or cookie dough, and a gingerbread cookie cutter, and some cute sprinkles for the top of your cookie.  That would be a next level holiday gift.  Everyone always loves an edible treat, or what they need to make one.  You could even make a smaller version and fill it with hot chocolate mix.  Such a fun idea for the holidays.  We love creative ways of giving practical gifts.  

If you have an annual party making real gingerbread houses, this banner and the canisters would be a great addition to your decor.  Happy decorating and we hope we've given you a few new ideas that you love.

These DIY gingerbread decor pieces are so fun to make.  The best part is that you can personalize them to whatever size you need.  They make a great addition to your Christmas ornaments and decor, or they're also great for gift giving.

gingerbread house diy decor

With beautiful DIY gingerbread decor like this made with your Cricut, life really is a party!

DIY Paper Christmas Cloche Lantern with Free Cricut Pattern

Nov 20, 2023 · Leave a Comment

DIY paper Christmas cloche cricut

DIY Paper Christmas Cloche Lantern with Free Cricut Pattern: use regular card stock and dollar store cloches to create a Christmas village.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

These DIY paper Christmas cloche lanterns are one of my favorite little Christmas crafts.  They were really inexpensive to make, since most of the supplies came from the dollar store, but they're so beautiful that no one would ever know. 😉 Use them as Christmas decorations for the holidays, or all winter long,  They'd also make beautiful handmade gifts.

Cloches

I was inspired to make the DIY Christmas cloche with some very inexpensive plastic cloches I saw at dollar tree.  These are such great value and a very low price.  You could of course, use glass cloches instead if you prefer.  Just resize the cut file to fit your glass dome.  I wouldn't make these any smaller than they are now.  I think this size works, but any smaller and your Cricut machine may have trouble with the tiny details.  If you can't find the dollar tree cloches, another great way to make them is to look for cloches at the craft store, or Ikea, or even the thrift store.  Just resize the file to fit your cloche.

We used the black plastic base of the cloche, the black adds a little weight visually and grounds the scene, but you could paint it out white with some craft paint if you prefer.  You could also use a small round wood slice as the base instead, which would be really beautiful, especially if you're going for a rustic or woodland look for your holiday decor.

Regular White Cardstock

I designed this project to use regular 8.5 x 11 cardstock.  Using basic materials that you might already have on hand helps keep the costs down for this little project and looks amazing.  You could experiment with different scrapbook paper if you wanted to.  Something with a bit of a luster would be beautiful too, and add a little more sparkle for the holiday season.  I wouldn't cut out this project with glitter cardstock.  The glitter cardstock is a bit more stiff and inflexible because of the glue used to hold the glitter.  Because this project is so small, I would be difficult to curve glitter cardstock to make the round rings.  

how to make a Christmas paper lantern

Materials Needed:

  • cloche -Dollar Tree
  • battery powered tea light candle
  • white card stock
  • PNG file -free to subscribers in our Free Resource Library
  • faux snow
  • white vinyl
  • cutting mat
  • Cricut
Cricut paper cloche lantern

Subscribe For Free Cut Files

This file is free.  Just subscribe below and you'll have access to our Free Resource Library.  Subscribe, we'll send you the password for the library, then download the zip file.  

 

Christmas Village

I've designed three different buildings.  I thought it would be fun to have these in a variety of shapes, so you can make three different little cloches and set up a small village Christmas vignette.  Add a Christmas tree or two, and some more artificial snow and you have the sweetest winter wonderland decor for the whole Christmas season.  I used a combination of a glass Christmas tree, a flocked tree, and a white bottle brush tree.  Keeping them all white and cream makes a really pretty winter scene.  Another great decor idea is to use these as windowsill decorations.  They're small size is perfect.

Cricut DIY Christmas village

Faux Snow

I love covering the base in faux snow.  I used a bit of faux snow from the dollar store.  Also look for some sparkly iridescent snow.  Another option for a little more sparkle is to just add a sprinkle of white glitter on top of your snow.

Recipe

DIY paper Christmas cloche cricut

DIY Paper Christmas Cloche Lantern

No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Cook Time: 20 minutes minutes
Total Time: 20 minutes minutes
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Equipment

  • cutting mat
  • Cricut

Materials

  • cloche -Dollar Tree
  • battery powered tea light candle
  • white card stock
  • PNG file -free to subscribers in our Free Resource Library
  • faux snow
  • white vinyl

Instructions

  • Open a new canvas in Cricut Design Space.
  • Click on Upload on the left hand side of the canvas.  Click on Upload Image.  Click on Browse and then then find the "PaperHouseClocheLantern-LifeisaParty.zip" file in your download files.  In Design Space, click on the file, then click on the first image to upload, and click Open. Next select Complex as your image type. And press Continue in the bottom right.  Now click on any areas of the image that you want to to remove, paying attention to the small cutouts in the house, and the snowflakes.  Use the "+" to zoom in to see it better if you need to.  When you're finished click Apply & Continue on the lower right.  Next click on the Cut Image option, and then click on Upload in the lower right corner.  Now click Upload Image again, and do the same for the other images. Once all the images are uploaded, select them by clicking on all three, and then click on Add To Canvas in the lower right.
  • When you bring all three onto the canvas they will all be selected, so be sure to click somewhere else on your canvas to deselect them.  Now let's scale them to fit the small cloche.  Select the house image.  At the top of the canvas look for the size menu.  With the dimensions locked, change the width to 6.5 inches, and press enter.
  • To adjust the trees size, select the image, and with the dimensions locked, change the width to 10 inches.
  • .To adjust the snowflakes, select the image and with the dimensions locked, change the width to 1.8 inches.
  • If you want to add lots of snowflakes to your cloche, select the snowflake image and click on Duplicate -it has a plus symbol, at the top of the layers menu, on the right side.
  • Make sure the color of the house and trees match, so that they will cut on the same mat, and make sure the color of the snowflake image is something different, so that it will cut out on a different mat.  Change the color at the top of the canvas on the left, beside the operation.
  • Click on Make It on the top right of the canvas.
  • Adjust your material size to 8.5 x 11 for the house and trees, or to whatever size cardstock you are using.
  • Set your materials to cardstock for intricate cuts, for the house and trees image, and to vinyl for the snowflakes.
  • Carefully remove your cardstock from the cutting mat and weed your vinyl snowflakes.
  • To assemble the cloche, use a little bit of tape or glue dots to create a small ring with the house image, large enough for the tea light to fit inside. Fit the trees image inside the cloche lid, with a small piece of tape.
  • Add fake snow to the cloche base and add the house and tea light, then place the cloche on top.
  • Finally, add the vinyl snowflakes to the outside of the cloche.

Christmas cloche ideas

YouTube Video

Prefer to see exactly how I did it rather than read the instructions.  Check out this YouTube video to see how I made these DIY Paper Christmas Cloche Lanterns step-by-step.
 

YouTube video

Halloween Version

You might also like our Halloween version of this craft.  Click here for a full tutorial and the free cut files to make our Halloween Cloche Lantern.  Be sure to pin this post to Pinterest so you can find it in October. 😉

DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche: use dollar store materials to make this haunted house, and graveyard silhouette cloche for Halloween.

As soon as I made the first one, I loved how my DIY cloche came out.  It's such a perfect craft for the holidays.  Add a mini tree or two and you can but all three cloches together to make the sweetest little Christmas village.  Or just choose your favourite and make one decorative cloche.  Either way, each little cloche is  adorable, and a great idea if you're looking for an easy project to make with your Cricut for the holidays, that doesn't require a whole bunch of expensive craft supplies.  These would be a really fun thing to make for a Christmas crafting night with girl friends too.  And because the supplies won't break the bank, it won't be expensive to host either.  

I hope these cloche ideas have inspired you.  Be sure to subscribe for the free cut files.

With these sweet DIY paper Christmas cloche lanterns, life really is a party!

More Cricut Inspiration

You might also like our Cricut Advent Calendar here.

Cricut Advent Calendar: free SVG cut file to create a reusable paper box advent calendar to fill with treats, activities, or gifts.

Also check out our DIY Moon Shaped Christmas Wreath with Cricut Stars here.

And you might also like 25 Christmas Projects You Can Make With Your Cricut here.

25 Christmas Cricut Projects: inspiration and ideas for all your Christmas crafting with your Cricut machine using paper, fabric, metal, leather, and more.

How To Make DIY Velvet Acorns

Nov 16, 2023 · 1 Comment

DIY velvet acorn

How To Make DIY Velvet Acorns: use real acorn caps, stretch velvet, and wooden skewers to create the acorn point.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

These DIY velvet acorns are the perfect addition to your home decor.  I used some of them as Christmas ornaments.  They're also gorgeous in a small bowl as seasonal decor for the Christmas or the fall season.  If you love acorns too, be sure to check out these acorns I made out of old Easter eggs too.

These velvet acorns also be lovely as a simple garland, or used to decorate a napkin ring for a fall or holiday table.  These are so much fun to make that they're a little addictive.  The combination of the natural elements with the real acorns and the rich texture of the velvet and beautiful colors makes them such a favorite craft for this time of year.

velvet acorn Christmas ornaments
how to make velvet acorns with a pointy end

The Velvet

We used some beautiful stretch velvet is an assortment of lovely colors.  Our stretch velvet is from Fabric Wholesale Direct. They have an amazing assortment of beautiful colors in stretch velvet.  We used pink, dusty rose, champagne, peach, and off white to make our fabric acorns, and all the colours look so great together.  We used some shades of pink, but fall colors would be beautiful for a touch of autumn too.  Make them to match your own fall decorations, or Christmas decorations, or personal style.  

The stretch velvet works really well for this craft.  It has some give and you can create some tension which helps create the point at the end of the acorn.  Regular velvet would be hard to work with, and hard to maneuver into the signature acorn point at the end.  The stretch velvet also doesn't fray, so it's easy to work with, and you can do your stitching very close to the edge.

DIY velvet acorns

Making The Acorn Points

The secret to making the true acorn shape with the slight point on the end is using a wooden skewer inside to create the tip.  Without the tip these faux acorns can be too round, and end up looking like little mini velvet pumpkins.  

how to make a velvet acorn

Real Acorn Caps

The caps on our acorn crafts are real acorn caps.  In the autumn season look for some oak trees, and you're sure to find some acorn caps.  You won't need the acorn nut for this craft, just the acorn top.  If your acorns are fresh, and not dried out, you can remove the cap of the acorn, and spread the little acorn hats out on a cookie sheet and put them in a low oven for about 20 minutes or so to help make sure they are dried out.

Materials:

  • acorn caps
  • hot glue
  • hot glue gun
  • stretch velvet
  • thread
  • wooden skewers
  • stuffing

DIY Velvet Acorns

Acorn Caps

Begin by collecting some acorn caps.  Look for them below oak trees.  If you want to hang the acorns like I did, be sure to choose acorns that have stems on the top that you can tie a thread to for hanging.  If you are just displaying your acorns in a bowl, then you don't need to use acorns with stems.  You only need the cap fo the acorn for this craft.  If they're dirty, give them a wash and let them dry before using them.

easy diy velvet acorns

Sewing The Bottom

To make the bottom piece of the acorn choose some beautiful colors of stretch velvet.  Cut the velvet into a small circle.  For our acorn caps a 3.8 cm diameter circle was the perfect size.  You may need to adjust it slightly if your acorn caps are a little larger or smaller than ours were. 

Once the circle of velvet is cut out, the next step is sewing the acorn bottom.  You want to create a running stitch around the perimeter of the circle, quite close to the edge.  Leave a long end of the thread at each end, so that it's easy to pull it together, and gather the velvet together from the bottom of the acorn.

diy fall decor

Gather the bottom velvet piece together in stages, beginning by only gathering it slightly, and then stuffing it with a small amount of stuffing or even cotton balls.  You don't want to over stuff it.  

how to sew an acorn

Creating The Pointy End

Next, you will push a wooden skewer through the stuffing and all the way to the bottom of the fabric.  Then you will carefully fully gather the acorn, pulling the threads all the way, until tight, and tying them off, leavin the end of the wooden skewer sticking out of the end.

velvet acorn tutorial

Next you will cut off the wooden skewer with some garden clippers, leaving some sticking out of the top.  You will need to adjust the length according to your acorn cap.  The acorn cap should press against the end of the skewer and maintain the point shape.  You don't want the skewer too long, or it would be visible.  Leave it just long enough to fit within the acorn cap, but also stick out enough to create the point of the acorn shape as the skewer is pressing against the inside of the acorn cap.

diy velvet acorns

Attaching The Cap To The Bottom

To attach the acorn cap to the velvet, use your glue gun to apply a bit of glue to the inside of the acorn cap.  You want to press the bottom on to the cap, making sure the raw edge of the velvet is contained within the cap, and hold it firmly while the small amount of glue sets.  You don't want to use too much glue, as you don't want a little glue to show beyond the acorn cap.  Hot glue works better than craft glue for this step because you need the glue to set quickly and hold strongly even with the pressure of the wooden skewer pushing against it on the inside.

how to sew a velvet acorn

Hanging The Acorns

Once the glue is set the acorn is finished.  If you want to create acorn ornaments like I did, tie a thread onto the stem of the acorn to hang it from.  You can then tie those threads to some ribbon or baker's twine to create a garland, or leave them plain and display them in a small bowl.  The possibilities are endless for how to display these little fall treasures.

DIY stretch velvet acorn

Recipe

velvet acorn

How To Make DIY Velvet Acorns

5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Cook Time: 20 minutes minutes
Total Time: 20 minutes minutes
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Equipment

  • Glue Gun
  • Needle
  • scissors

Materials

  • Acorn Caps
  • Hot Glue
  • Stretch Velvet
  • Thread
  • Wooden Skewers
  • Stuffing

Instructions

  • Begin by collecting some acorn caps.  You only need the cap fo the acorn for this craft.  If they're dirty, give them a wash and let them dry before using them.
  • To make the bottom piece of the acorn choose some beautiful colors of stretch velvet.  Cut the velvet into a small circle.  For our acorn caps a oooo inch diameter circle was the perfect shape.  You made need to adjust it slightly if your acorn caps are slightly larger or smaller than ours were. 
  • Once the circle of velvet is cut out, the next step is sewing the acorn bottom.  You want to create a running stitch around the perimeter of the circle, quite close to the edge.  Leave a long end of the thread at each end, so that it's easy to pull it together, and gather the velvet together to from the bottom of the acorn.
  • Gather the bottom velvet piece together in stages, beginning by only gathering it slightly, and then stuffing it with a small amount of stuffing or even cotton balls.  You don't want to over stuff it.  
  • Next, you will push a wooden skewer through the stuffing and all the way to the bottom of the fabric.  Then you will carefully fully gather the acorn, pulling the threads all the way, until tight, and tying them off, leavin the end of the wooden skewer sticking out of the end.
  • Next you will cut off the wooden skewer with some garden clippers, leaving some sticking out of the top.  You will need to adjust the length according to your acorn cap.  The acorn cap should press against the end of the skewer and maintain the point shape.  You don't want the skewer too long, or it would be visible.  Leave it just long enough to fit within the acorn cap, but also stick out enough to create the point of the acorn shape as the skewer is pressing against the inside of the acorn cap.
  • To attach the acorn cap to the velvet, use your glue gun to apply a bit of glue to the inside of the acorn cap.  You want to press the bottom on to the cap, making sure the raw edge of the velvet is contained within the cap, and hold it firmly while the small amount of glue sets.  
  • Once the glue is set the acorn is finished. 

Video

diy acorn Christmas ornaments

These DIY velvet acorns are a little bit fiddly because they're quite small, but this really is an easy DIY project, and they're so sweet.  I used mine as ornaments for a simple little woodland inspired Christmas tree.  We paired them with some little mushroom ornaments and ribbon for our tree.  They'd be really beautiful hung on to some tree branches in a vase also.  These are such a great way to bring some of the outdoors in, and make such beautiful decor in your living room, or anywhere in the fall or for the holidays.  Make them in beautiful colors as an easy way to add a pop of color to your living space.  You could even add some glitter to the acorn caps, it you wanted to.

fall acorn decor ideas

With these beautiful DIY Velvet Acorns, life really is a party!

Harry Potter Inspired Snacks and Treat Ideas

Oct 23, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Harry Potter snacks and treats board.

These Harry Potter themed snacks and treat ideas are easy to make and perfect for your next Harry Potter themed party or movie marathon.

How to make a Harry Potter snack board.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Whether you're having a Harry Potter party, or a Harry Potter movie night, we've got the best themed snacks!  We can't wait to share all our Harry Potter food ideas with you.  

These would be so fun to serve at a halloween party, or a Harry Potter birthday party, or a Harry Potter movie marathon, or a Halloween movie night.  Any Harry Potter fans will love all your tasty treats, and feel like they're at the wizarding world of Harry Potter!  Check out all our fun Harry Potter themed decor ideas and more Harry Potter free printables here. And you might also like our Harry Potter Christmas Tree, and our Harry Potter Christmas Party with a menu taken right out of the pages of the book.

These Harry Potter treat and snack ideas are such a fun way to make the Harry Potter books come to life!

Large Harry Potter themed snack board on a table decorated with Harry Potter decor and candles.

Easy Harry Potter Themed Snack Ideas

We've arranged all our sweet treats on a large board.  This is such a great way to serve all your magical snacks.  All your fellow potterheads will love these themed food.  

We went with our sweet tooth when we were planning our magical treats.  Our board is filled with desserts and sweet treats.  Here's what we included:

  • chocolate frogs
  • jelly slugs
  • Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans
  • Harry Potter Hershey Kisses
  • Pumpkin Pasties/Pies
  • Caramel Sorting Hats
  • Pumpkin Juice Hot Chocolate
  • Spider Cookies
  • Magic Chocolate Wands
  • Gringotts Gold
  • Ferrero Rocher Golden Snitches
  • Butter Beer

Video

See how it looks all put together below.

YouTube video

Large Harry Potter themed snacks and treats board.

Chocolate Frogs

Inspired by the trolly snacks on the Hogwarts Express, and Honeydukes, our Harry Potter snacks started out with candy.  

We found the chocolate frogs at the party store, but you can find them on-line too.  They are so cute, and each one comes with a wizard card, just like in the movie.  

We had this special box from our trip to Universal studios and it's the perfect addition to our board.  

Harry Potter snack board with chocolate frogs, and mini pumpkin pies.

Jelly Slugs

Another fun sweet treat is the jelly slugs.  These are also from the party store, but easy to find on-line as well.

Harry Potter snack board with Happy Birthday Harry cupcakes and jelly slugs.

Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans

We had to include some Bertie Bott's every flavour beans, and we can't wait to see if our guests are brave enough to try them, and risk getting a gross flavor.

Harry Potter snack board with bugs of butter bear and pumpkins.

Harry Potter Hershey Kisses

We also found the Harry Potter special edition Hershey Kisses, and thought they were such a fun addition.

Harry Potter Hersey kisses on a table with a wand and glasses.

Pumpkin Pasties/Pies

Another Hogwarts Express treat from the trolley that everyone loved were the pumpkin pasties.  These sweet little pumpkin pies were the perfect fall flavors for back to school at Hogwarts.  

We've made our homemade version with some store bought pastry, and pumpkin pie filling.  We used a muffin tin to make our mini pies, and added a cute jack-o-lantern pastry top, that's so much fun.

Harry Potter themed pumpkin tarts on a cooling rack with a magic wand.
Harry Potter pumpkin tarts on a snack board.

Harry Potter Birthday Cake Cupcakes

We couldn't have a Harry Potter-themed party tray without including Harry Potter's birthday cake!  Hagrid made this cake for Harry Potter's birthday and brought it to him when he first picked him up to bring him to Hogwarts.  

We made cupcake sized versions, which are perfect for a dessert board.  

We used a simple cake mix and then the fun part was decorating with the pink and green icing inspired from the movie.  We used a simple ziplock bag with a very small hole in the corner to make a piping bag to add the words.

Harry Potter birthday cake cupcakes.
Harry Potter birthday cucakes on a themed snack board.

Caramel Sorting Hats

Once Harry got to school it was time for the sorting hat to put him and all the first years into their Hogwarts houses.  We made our own sorting hats out of caramel squares.  

This was quite easy to do, and these little sorting houses are so cute.

To make them start by removing the wrapper and warming up a caramel square in the microwave until softened, for about 10 seconds.  Don't over do it.  

Then shape one square into the top of the hat, using the tip of knife to create eyes, and a mouth, and adding some eyebrows with a tiny broken off piece of caramel.  

Next, use the tip of the knife to make an indent in the bottom and add a red, green, blue, or yellow M&M.  

Finally, use another caramel to make a round base for the hat.  Put the two together to completely conceal the M&M inside.  

Your guests can take a hat and the color inside reveals the Hogwarts house colors and which house the sorting hat has placed you in -this was such a crowd favourite!

Homemade Harry Potter caramel sorting hats treats on a Harry Potter themed snack board.
Cutting open homemade Harry Potter caramel sorting hats to reveal your house.

Butterbeer

Harry, Ron, and Hermione loved to visit The Three Broomsticks for a butterbeer in the Harry Potter series.  We've made our own version.  

To make it, add about 1-2 tablespoon of caramel sauce to a glass and fill with cream soda.  Top it off with some whipped cream, and another drizzle of carmel sauce.  

These are so good, your taste buds will thank you.  These are definitely on of our very favourite Harry Potter recipes.  

We served our butter beer up in chilled beer mugs and they were the perfect accompaniment to our snacks.

Two mugs of butterbeer with Harry Potter glasses and magic wand.

Pumpkin Juice Hot Chocolate

For another drink option, we found these pumpkin hot chocolate bombs at Target and they reminded us of pumpkin juice.  

These aren't authentic pumpkin juice, which is made with pumpkin puree, and apple cider, but I thought they'd be a fun addition, and perfect for sipping while movie watching, preferably in a Harry Potter themed mug.

Harry Potter snacks orange chocolate pumpkin hot chocolate bombs.

Spider Cookies

Inspired by the spider Aragog and his children we made some spider cookies.  

To make these we used store bought chocolate chip cookie dough and baked them.  If you want to make them from scratch, check out our favourite chocolate chip cookie recipe here. When they were hot out of the oven we added a small round disk of meltable chocolate on top.  The heat from the fresh baked cookies melted the chocolate and then we added the candy eyes on top.

And when they were cooled we piped on 8 legs with melted chocolate in a ziplock bag with the corner snipped off to make a piping bag.  

These are such a simple recipe, but they're the perfect treat as a nod to the spiders in Harry Potter world.

Easy spider cookies on a white serving tray.
Harry Potter themed snack and treat board with chocolate chip spider cookies.

Magic Chocolate Wands

We also included some Harry Potter chocolate wands.  

The best part is that these are actually pocky biscuit sticks.  These are so yummy and super easy, and really do look like wands.

Larege Harry Potter themed snack tray with treats and desserts, plus butterbeer.

Gringotts Gold

I also added some chocolate coins to our snack board.  Inspired by the gold in the vault at Gringotts Wizarding Bank that Harry's parents have left to him, they're another easy fun addition.

You can find Gringotts chocolate coins on-line, or just look for regular chocolate coins at the party store (which are a little bit cheaper).

Ferrero Rocher Golden Snitches

We used Ferrero Rocher chocolate to make our own golden snitches.  

To make them, we removed the brown packaging and sticker on top, so we're just left with the chocolate in gold paper. 0 

Then we made some printable wings, cut them out, and glued them onto the gold paper using glue dots.

Coconut Ice

Coconut ice cut into squares on a piece of parchment paper with a glass canister in the background.

We were inspired by the coconut ice at Honeydukes. Our homemade version is really simple to make as a no-bake recipe with just 5 ingredients. Cut it into squares, and serve it in a glass jar, just like at Honeydukes candy store. Find the full coconut ice recipe here.

Homemade coconut ice cut into squares, and in a large glasse Honeydukes jar.

Mrs. Weasley's Chocolate Walnut Fudge

Tin of Mrs. Weasley's Christmas fudge for Harry Potter with a gift tag.

Remember Harry's first Christmas at Hogwarts, and how Mrs. Weasley sends him a handmade sweater and box of fudge? We've got the recipe, and it's easy and delicious, and the perfect addition to your Harry Potter themed snacks and treats. Get the full Mrs. Weasley's Chocolate Walnut Fudge recipe here.

Chocolate walnut fudge cut into squares in a parchment-lined tin.

Free Printable Wings

You can use our free printable golden snitch wings to make some for your own snacks inspired by the magical world of Harry Potter.  Just subscribe below for instant access to our Free Resource Library, and find these free printables inside.

Harry Potter themed golden snitch chocoaltes with free printable wings.

Simple Doable Recipes

I wanted to make this dessert board very doable, so although there are a lot of things included, they're all really simple recipes.  

Use a cake mix and store bought icing to make the cupcake birthday cakes really easy to make.  

For the pumpkin pasties/pies, use store bought pastry and pie filling.  

Our spider cookies, were refrigerated cookie dough.  

For the butterbeer you can use store bought butterscotch/caramel sauce, and even spray whipped cream if you like.  

Have fun collecting your candy.  We had great luck finding the Harry Potter candy at the party store.  If you have trouble finding them in stores, look for them online.  

These official Harry Potter treats are a little on the expensive side.  We found buying them in small quantities was enough, especially when they were mixed with all the other treats.  

They were definitely worth getting though, because they added a certain authenticity to the desert board.

If you're prepping for a large themed party, feel free to get ahead by making the baked treats like the cupcakes, pumpkin pasties/pies, and cookies a few days ahead and popping them in the freezer.  

Favor Bags

I love serving this on a large board because everyone can see all the fun and themed options.  

It also means that you just need a few of everything, so you don't end up with 12 trays full of everything and too much food.  

But even with our smaller quantities, you might still want to have some plastic goodie bags available for guest to help themselves to the remaining candy and make their own goodie bag to go home with.

Harry Potter themed food tray with snacks and deserts for a party.

We loved all our Harry Potter treat and snack ideas.  Everything was really delicious and perfect for snacking on during a movie marathon, or for serving guests for dessert at a Harry Potter birthday party or Halloween party.  

Frequently Asked Questions

Where can I buy Harry Potter snacks?

We found a lot of our store bought Harry Potter snacks and candy at the party store. You can also look on-line for some of the specialty candy.

What Harry Potter snacks can I make at home?

You can make butter beer, Harry's birthday cake cupcakes, pumpkin pasties/pies, and spider cookies at home.

More Spooky Recipe Inspiration

  • Ghost themed foods on a snack board.
    Easy Halloween Ghost Themed Food Ideas
  • Halloween ghost shaped white chocolate covered Rice Krispie squares
    Halloween Ghost Rice Krispie Treats
  • How to train your dragon themed party food ideas.
    How To Train Your Dragon Party Ideas
  • Homemade old fashioned candy apples.
    How To Make Homemade Old-Fashioned Candy Apples

With Harry Potter inspired treats and snack ideas, life really is a party! 

If you tried any of our Harry Potter Snacks and Treats or any other idea on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Harry Potter DIY Decor and Free Printables

Oct 20, 2023 · 10 Comments

Harry Potter DIY Decor & Free Printables used to create this Potions Classroom.

You will love these Harry Potter DIY decor ideas & Free Printables. We've put together a Potions Classroom, Professor's Office, Herbology Class, and Owl Post decorations and included all the free printables to recreate them at your house. These ideas will transform your Harry Potter themed party, movie marathon, or Halloween party.

Harry Potter DIY Decor & Free Printables used to create this Potions Classroom.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Calling all Harry Potter fans!  This Halloween I've transformed my dining room into a little piece of Hogwarts.  Using things I found around the house, some antique and thrift finds, and DIYing a few fun pieces, we've transformed our home. I hope you find it inspiring. Also check out our Harry Potter themed snacks and treats too. You might also like our Harry Potter Christmas Tree with more free printables, and our Harry Potter themed Christmas Party ideas, with the menu taken right out of the pages of the book.

DIY Harry Potter potions classroom with potion bottles, potion ingredients and magic wands.

Potions Class

We were inspired by the Harry Potter books, and set up the main dining room table as a Potions class.  A lot of the decor for the entire Harry Potter party was inspired by my own collection of vintage and antique items.  And some of the items I used were from the thrift store and the antique shop.  

I set up the potions class on our dining room table. On one end we added a library card catalogue box.  It gives the whole display some height and I can imagine it filled with recipes for potions.

Harry Potter party decorations of a potion making classroom with bottles, and potion ingredients.

Since it's the first thing you see when you walk into the room, we topped it with some of my favourites.  The candelabra is an inexpensive antique fair find.  

I was inspired by the large hanging dragon skeleton in the defense against the dark arts classroom in the films, and wanted to add our own little dragon skeleton.  This one is from the dollar store and he was the perfect size for your class.  

I also included some round Harry Potter style glasses, another antique fair find, and a wand.  

Harry Potter party decorations of candles, round glasses, a magic wand, and a dragon skeleton.

Potion Ingredient Bottles

I wanted the table to be covered in potion ingredients.  I used lots of vintage bottles. I've been collecting these for years, and they were perfect.  You could also use glass jars from the dollar store.  

Some of them had glass stoppers.  For those without lids, we added corks to the ones we could as an easy DIY.  We found some corks at the craft store.  For those without corks that would fit, I used some burlap and tied it around the top to make our own lids.  It's a great idea to look for all different varieties and sizes.  Using different kinds of bottles also help it look more authentic and collected.

DIY Harry Potter potions classroom potion bottles and labels.

I already had a large collection of amber glass, and these were perfect to include.  I left some empty, and lined the top of a cabinet with them, as though they were spare and waiting for more ingredients to be collected and added to them.

DIY Harry Potter potion classroom decorations with large vintage glass bottle filled with dried thistles, vintage books, and more potion bottle ingredient bottles.
DIY Harry Potter party decor of a potion making classroom full of potion ingredients in vintage glass bottles with printable labels.

Potion Ingredients

I wanted to fill the bottles with different ingredients.  Not wanting to go down the really gross and strange route of things like toad eyeballs, etc.  I instead was thinking about a witch or wizard being out in their garden and collecting ingredients in the fall.  In our potion bottles I used things like pinecones, and acorns, and thistle weed tops, and feathers.  I also went to the bulk food store and bought little amounts of things like black rice, and dried beans and lentils, and spices like cloves and cinnamon sticks.  These were perfect for our bottles.  

I even had a couple that I left un-filled but added a lid to, and added a label for an invisible ingredient. 😉

DIY Harry Potter decor of a vintage amber glass bottle with a printable label on it, and other ingredient bottles.
DIY Harry Potter potions classroom with vintage bottles of ingredients with printable labels.

Potion Ingredient Labels

Next, I added labels to my potion ingredients.  For some of them I thought hand written labels were perfect.  I wanted to make it look as though a witch had been out collecting ingredients.  So for things like the pinecones and other common things you could find while out gathering I used some blank labels and wrote the name of the ingredient, the place they were collected, and the date.

DIY Harry Potter decor with vintage glass bottles of potion ingredients, vintage books stacked, mushroom, and candles.

For the other potion bottles, I wanted to make it look like they'd been collected over time, and bought from different shops, so I wanted the labels to all be different.  I created different labels, in different sizes to fit our bottles.  

If you want to create something similar you can use our free printable labels, available as a free download  in our Free Resource Library for subscribers.  There's also included some blank labels, so you could write your own names on them.

Collection of vintge glass bottles filled with potion ingredients, and marked with printable labels for a Harry Potter party.

I was inspired to make the labels based on actual ingredients mentioned in the Harry Potter books.  This website had an alphabetical list of every potion ingredient that is mentioned in the Harry Potter books.  

I love adding this element of authenticity.  You don't have to go to this much detail, but I thought it was a fun extra detail.

Vintage glass bottles filled with potion ingredients and printable labels for Halloween Harry Potter decorations.

To add the labels to the bottles, I used a glue stick, to glue them to the bottles.  This is the perfect way to firmly attach them to the bottles, but in a non-permanent way.  It's easy to remove them and wash off any residue.  You could also print the labels on sticker paper, which is even easier, but a little more difficult to remove if you want to later.

Vintage glass bottle labeled as Dried Igana Liver for a Harry Potter party.

More Potion Class Details

I wanted to add some other details to the table of things I thought might be in a potions class.  I used my imagination to think of some other items.

Vintage glass bottles labeled with potion ingredients for Harry Potter themed party decorations.

This large bowl of mushrooms, looks like they're ready to be picked and added to a potion.  I used an antique wood bowl. There's some floral foam inside, covered in dried moss, and then the mushrooms are added.  Some of them I made from polymer clay and painted, you can see how I made the DIY clay mushrooms here.

Harry Potter potion class decorations with vintage glass bottles of ingredients, scientific glass, and mortal and pestle.

Scientific Glass

I've also been collecting scientific glass for sometime.  I have a few vintage pieces from antique sales, and some new pieces from the craft store.  They often carry them around Halloween time, and they're the perfect touch.  

The potion bottles were placed mainly down the centre of the dining table.  I wanted it to look as though the students were about to use them to make some potions.

Table of Harry Potter inspired potions and test tubes for a Harry Potter party.

More Magical Accessories

A few more items that seemed fitting were a magnifying glass, a feather that resembles a quill, and some vintage books piled together.  And since it's Halloween, I scattered a few faux pumpkins throughout.  I also added lots of candles in different brass candle stick holders found at antique and thrift stores.

Harry Potter inspried potions classroom with vintage glass bottles of potion ingredients and a mortal and pestle.

I thought it would be fun to add some magic wands to the table.  We had one we purchased from Ollivander's wand shop in Diagon Alley when we visited Universal.  The Harry Potter wands come in such cool boxes, that I added it to the table, opened up to reveal the wand, all ready for a student in the class to use. 

DIY Harry Potter party decorations of potion bottles with labels, a magic wand, and a bowl of faux mushrooms.

I also made a Potions Class sign for this area.  We used a Cricut machine to cut out the words.  I hung it up on my china cabinet.  Since my china dishes didn't really fit the vibe, I hung some burlap with tacks on the inside of the cupboard doors, which worked perfectly.  On top of the cabinet I added a vintage scale for weighing out ingredients, and lots of empty amber glass bottles waiting to be filled with potions as the students make them.

Harry Potter "Potions Classroom" sign hanging on a cabinet full of vintage amber glass bottles and scale.

Professor's Office

On the back buffet, I thought it would be fun to create a professor's desk area as another one of our Harry Potter party decorations.  

DIY Harry Potter inspired party decorations of a professor's office desk filled with potions, insects, and candles.

I started with a vintage typewriter, and beside it I added a stack of vintage books, and a pair of glasses that I can imagine a professor using to type and work on wizard paperwork.  

I also added a chocolate frog box.  We purchased this chocolate frog box as a souvenir when we visited The Wizarding World of Harry Potter at Universal Studios.  I also picked up a Harry Potter chocolate frog snack at the party store, and added one to the box.  I can imagine a professor working away here at the typewriter, and indulging in this treat.  The only thing missing is a cup of tea.

Harry Potter DIY decorations of a professor's desk with vintage typewriter, and faux insects.

Spooky Artwork

I found these vintage printable art pieces online.  They're authentic old vintage botanical prints.  I had them printed as large colored engineer prints at the office supply store.  This is an inexpensive way to make colour prints.  I added some wood strips to the top and bottom and they look great as Halloween art.  There are lots of different vintage botanical prints are available but the centipede, spider, and bat anatomy posters were so perfect for Halloween, and for the Harry Potter witchy vibes.  Get the spider free printable here. Find the bat free printable poster here.  And get the centipede free printable poster here.

DIY Harry Potter decorations with printable large bat, and insect posters.

Along with the artwork, I added another sign.  This one is labeled Professor's Office.  I made it with the Cricut also, and used the same font to unify it with the other one.

Harry Potter decorations of a professor's desk area with vintage typewriter, glasses, and insects.

Insects

In keeping with the insect and bat anatomy posters, I wanted to add some more insects.  I had some real, preserved insects, but I also made a display with some plastic dollar store bugs.  

The plastic bugs were in bright primary colours.   I used some paint in blacks, browns, and greens to make them look more real.  A stick pin was added to the insects backs to make them look pinned in place, and then I hot glued them into the shadow box.  See how I made the faux insect specimen box it here.

DIY Harry Potter decor of a large faux spider in a glass jar, insect specimens, and a chocolate frog container.

Along with these insects I added a large dollar store spider to a large vintage glass jar, along with a burlap top.  This area was taking on the look of a collection of magical beasts, and I also added in some plastic snakes, that I also painted to look more realistic, and placed them under a glass cloche.  

DIY Hogwarts decorations of vintage insect posters, framed insect specimens, a large faux spider in a glass jar, and a chocolate frog container.

I also added a collection of rocks and minerals.  The little shelf of cubby squares is from a  thrift shop.  I thought these seemed like something a witch or wizard might use for magic spells.  

On the other end I placed a collection of vintage books.  Since the original titles of the books weren't very magical, I placed them spine side facing in.  

Cubie shelf of rock and mineral samples.

I also found a faux rat at the dollar store, that reminded me of Scabbers.  He got a little makeover with some paint.  I should have cut off one toe, to make him more authentic.

Small vintage cabinet filled with Harry Potter potions, crystal balls, and faux rat.

This crystal ball that lights up is from the dollar tree, and it reminded of something that might have been used in Divination class at Hogwarts.  I also had this glass ball, which seemed perfect to add.

DIY Harry Potter decorations of small cabinet filled with potions, crystal balls, and faux rat.

Flying Keys

We also created some flying keys.  I had some beautiful vintage keys, which worked perfectly for this little DIY project.  

The wings were made from some vellum paper and hot glued them to the sides of the keys.  I tied some fishing line around them and then used clear tape to attach them to the top of a cloche.  In the bottom of the cloche I added some dried moss.  This little project was such a fun detail to add.

DIY Harry Potter flying keys in a glass cloche.

Potions Cabinet

I found this little cabinet for $10 at the thrift store while I was planning my Harry Potter decor and thought it would be a great addition.  It's one of my best Harry Potter party ideas.  We set it up, and filled it with potions.  

On the main table I added lots of potion ingredients.  In this little cabinet I wanted to add lots of finished potions.  These are in much smaller bottles, and mostly liquids.  Again I searched online, and found a complete list of every potion mentioned in the Harry Potter books.  I used these names to make authentic labels for the little bottles.  If you want to make something similar, you can print my tiny labels.  The small potion labels are available as a free printable in our Free Resource Library.  There are also a sheet of blank labels, if you want to make your own.

DIY Harry Potter party decorations with vintage cabinet filled with small bottles of potions.

The bottles are a mix of vintage and new ones from the dollar store.  I filled them with water, and used food colouring to dye some of them.  The labels are glued onto the bottles with a glue stick.  I also found a tiny magnifying glass.  The cabinet is filled with small things, and it turned out great.

DIY potion bottles with printable labels for Harry Potter halloween party.
Small glass potion bottles with free printable labels for Harry Potter party.
DIY Harry Potter small glass bottles with printable potion labels.
Vintage glass bottles with Harry Potter potion labels on them and a small magnifying glass.
Small glass potion bottles and tins with labels for a Harry Potter party.

The bottom of the cabinet is filled with some empty glass bottles and vials, ready for the potions the students will be making.

Empty clear glass and amber glass vintage bottles.

On the front of the cabinet is a label saying "Professor Access Only - Out of bounds to anyone who does not wish to die a very painful death.  -NO STUDENT ACCESS- ".  So no little wizards are permitted access.

Hand written "Professors Access Only" sign on a potion cabinet for a Harry Potter party.

Herbology

In another corner of the room, on our little vintage bar cart, I set up a Herbology classroom to fit in with our Harry Potter theme.  I started out by adding lots of faux plants, and garden supplies, like trowels, and plant pots.  

DIY Harry Potter herbology class decorations.

Up on the top, I added some seed packages.  They're all ready to be planted by Hogwarts students.  

I created the printable seed packages, and you can access them in the Free Resource Library.  The seeds are authentic plants that were all mentioned in the Harry Potter books.  They're an easy and fun DIY to make.  Just cut them out, fold, and glue together.  I filled them with some dry rice so that they look, feel, and sound like real seed packages.

Free printable Harry Potter herbology seed packages.

I also created a Herbology textbook cover.  It's also in the Free Resource Library for subscribers.  Print it out on legal size paper to fit most books.

Harry Potter free printable Herbology text book cover.

It was so much fun adding lots of details to this spot.  I sewed a sack out of some old paint drop cloths, and added a "Dragon Dung" label.  You can access it also in the Free Resource Library.  Print it onto some printable iron-on, making sure to mirror the image, and then iron it onto your cloth sack.  Alternatively, you could print it onto sticker paper, and add it to the sack that way.  We filled the sack with some soil and leaned it against the cart.  It's such a fun detail.

DIY Harry Potter herbology class room dragon dung bag with free printable label.

I also added a Herbology sign to the cart, made with my Cricut machine.

DIY Harry Potter herbology classroom decorations.

Mandrake Plants

One final detail to this section, was to create some mandrake plants.  I made a base with some tinfoil, and added some twine to make root hands.  Then I covered the form with a layer of air dry clay, and formed the mandrake plant.  I added details with the back of a knife, and stuck a piece of a silk plant into the top.  After the mandrake plant dried, I painted it, and frayed the twine to make it look more like plant roots.  See how I made the mandrake plants part one here, and part two here.

DIY Harry Potter mandrake plants.

I made two, in different sizes, to fit into two different sized small terracotta pots.  I potted them with a little bit of soil, and added a label to the front of the pots.  You can find the free printable mandrake plant labels in the Free Resource Library.

And let's not forget the ear protection. I had an old set of earmuffs. I removed the covering and hot glued on the brown faux fur to match the ones in the movie.

Owl Post

Our last area of our DIY Harry Potter decorations was to create an Owl Post near the front door.  Inspired by the owl post at Universal Studios, we made some cubbies out of some old crates to hold owls, packages, and letters.  

Harry Potter DIY owl post post office, with owls, packages, and letters.

Owls

The vintage coke crate with it's sections worked perfectly to hold some small owls.  I also had some old vintage bird cages.  

DIY Harry Potter owl post office with packages, letters, owls, and free printables.

I used spray paint to make one white, and one gold.  The white one has two small owls in it.  The gold one has a "Owl Out On Delivery" sign.  

Free printable owl out on delivery sign for DIY Harry Potter owl post office.

You can access this free printable owl sign in the Free Resource Library.  This cage was the perfect perch for a large owl.  Once the owls were all positioned, I filled all the other nooks and crannies with packages and letters.

Small owl in DIY owl post office for Harry Potter party.

Packages and Letters

We collected small boxes for weeks, and wrapped them all in brown paper.  I also collected different envelopes in white and brown paper, in various sizes.  

Wood crates full of packages, letters, and owls for DIY Harry Potter owl post office.

Inspired by Universal Studios, I wanted to add a witch hat parcel.  I created a witch hat out of a cut up cardboard pizza box and poster board.  After making the shape of the hat, I covered it in brown paper and stamps, and tied it with twine.  It looks so authentic.  

Witch hat wrapped in brown paper and twine, with free printable owl post stamps at a Harry Potter owl post office for party.

I also made a witch's broom parcel.  An old bamboo stake from the garden was used as the broom handle.  I bulked it up using my hot glue gun and some cardboard, then shaped a broom bottom with cardboard.  Then it was all wrapped up in brown paper to make a package and it looks so perfect for our Harry Potter inspired Owl Post. Hogwarts acceptance letters would be a great addition too.

Witches broom wrapped in brown paper and twine in a DIY owl post office for Harry Potter party.

Addresses

I addressed the packages and letters all to real characters from the Harry Potter books, and tried to work out authentic addresses for everyone.  It's amazing what you can find on the internet!  I wrote the addresses right onto the brown paper packages or envelopes.  Mail needs stamps and owl mail needs owl stamps.  

Brown paper box with address and owl stamps in a owl post office at Harry Potter party.
Envelop addressed to Ginny Weasley in an owl post office at Harry Potter party.

I created some free printables with owl post stamps in a few different designs to use on all the packages and letters.  We also made some postmarks to add to the packages.  These are all available in the Free Resource Library.  

I printed them on sticker paper, and cut them out using my Cricut machine.  These worked perfectly for adding to our letters and parcels.

Packages and envelopes in an owl post office at Harry Potter party.
Packages wrapped in brown paper and twine, with Harry Potter character addresses and printable owl stamps in owl post office at Harry Potter party.

Where Do I Get The Free Harry Potter Printables?

All the free Harry Potter printables for the signs, owl post, and labels are in our Free Resource Library.  This library is free for our subscribers to use.  For instant access sign up below, and look for an email with the library password sent via email.

Harry Potter free printables for Owl post office, potion ingredients and potion bottle labels, herbology text book. mandrake plant label, and seed packages, and golden snitch wings.

I had so much fun creating this little piece of Hogwarts in my own dining room.  I had a great time adding all the special details.

I admit, I may have gotten a little carried away.  I hope some of these creative ideas inspired by our favorite scenes in the Harry Potter movies help you create a great themed party.  If you're planning a themed birthday party, movie watching marathon, or Halloween party I hope some of these DIY ideas help transform your living space.  If you love Harry Potter, these fun ideas are an easy way to create your own Harry Potter universe. Your Harry Potter party guests will love it.  Our decor has been a huge success with all our friends and family.  

Harry Potter potions classroom decorations at Harry Potter themed party.

With all these fun Harry Potter decor ideas, life really is a party!

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I access the free Harry Potter printables?

The free printables are all available in our subscribers Free Resource Library. For instant access, just subscribe in the box above. Check your email for the access password (and if you don't see it check your email junk file).

How much did all this cost?

I already had most of the vintage items I used for the decor. I did purchase some ingredients to use in the bottles from the bulk food store, and a few things from the dollar store like plastic insects, the dragon skeleton, and craft supplies like air dry clay, paint, and glue. The biggest expense were the owls, which I purchased on-line. I spent about $100 on supplies, because I had most of the items already. If you are creating something similiar be sure to look at second hand and antique stores, as well as dollar stores.

Where did you find the owls?

I ended up buying most of the owls on-line. Just be sure to get your measuring tape out and work out the sizes, as the pictures on line can be a little deceiving.

More Harry Potter Inspiration

  • Harry Potter snacks and treats board.
    Harry Potter Inspired Snacks and Treat Ideas
  • Harry Potter family movie night ideas.
    Harry Potter Family Movie Night
  • Halloween witch decorations
    Witch Halloween Decor

If you tried any of our Harry Potter DIY Decor or Free Printables or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Cricut Design Space Weld vs Attach

Oct 10, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Cricut Design Space weld vs. attach

Cricut Weld vs Attach: Learn what weld and attach mean in Cricut Design Space and exactly when to use each option.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Cricut Weld Vs Attach

There's a lot of special Cricut terminology for different things and it can be hard to figure out or remember when to use Cricut weld vs attach. We'll look at the differences of each of these functions, and when you will want to use either of them.

Attach Tool

The attach tool is one of the important tools in Cricut Design Space. Use attach when you want to attach things together on the cutting mat.

The Attach Tool allows you to hold the attached image, text, cut, draw, or score line in place relative to another item on the canvas, and also on the cutting mat. Without using attach, each element of the project would cut out separately.

If you have score lines or writing on a card for example, you will want to attach it together so that it cuts out the card with the score line and writing in place, rather than as a separate element.

How Do I Attach?

You will find the attach button at the bottom of the layers panel on your Cricut Design Space canvas on desktop. To attach items, select all of your items to attach in the layers panel. You can select all of the items to attach by holding down the shift key and selecting items, or clicking select all at the top of the canvas in desktop, or by using your mouse to click and drag a selection box around items. Once items are selected then clicking Attach in the lower right corner. When items are attached you will see them grouped together under the word attach in the layers panel.

Cricut Attach
attach results Cricut

Troubleshooting Attach

If you're having trouble attaching, and Design Space has the attach button grayed out and unavailable to click on, you might need to ungroup items first. Look at the layers panel on the right of your canvas in desktop. If the items are grouped with the group tool, they will say grouped in the layers panel. To ungroup, select the group and click the ungroup button at the layers panel on the top right hand corner of your canvas in desktop. Once they are ungrouped each item will be in a different layer in the layers panel. You should now be able to select any elements of the design you want and click on the attach button.

What's The Difference Between Group and Attach in Cricut?

Group and attach are similar but slightly different. Group will hold things together on your canvas.  (The canvas is the place in Cricut Design Space where you work on your design, before cutting it out.) Attach will hold things together on your cutting mats or Cutting preview screen (a mat or cutting preview screen is where you go after pressing the Make It button, it gives you a preview of how the project will cut out on the cutting mat, it's a last chance to check on the positions of things, and colors before actually cutting them out).

Some people like to describe group like a paperclip, it holds things together just while working on the canvas. And attach is like glue (non-permanent, because you can easily un-attach).

Using Attach To Help Arrange Things On Your Mat

While the primary use of attach is to hold projects together when necessary, Cricut attach can also be a great way to arrange things to fit as many as possible within a set amount of space. You can arrange things on a mat in the cut preview screen, but this arrangement will not be saved for printing the project in the future, whereas attaching things on the canvas will be cut the same way with the same mat layouts anytime you make the project.

To do this, arrange the separate pieces on your canvas screen in the specific place you would like them. Then select all the separate images and use the attach feature to fit as many as you can into the cutting mat space. Now they will stay in the right position relative to one another when you move to the cutting mat, positioned so that they save the most space and materials. This can be a really great feature when you're cutting out big projects, like a flower petals, where you can turn pieces to fit the most on your paper.

Stickers

A great example of when to use attach to arrange things on the cutting mat is when you're making stickers. You may want to cut as many stickers as possible out of your sticker paper, and not waste any. To do this create a 9.225 x 6.75 inch square by choosing a square from the shape menu and then unlocking and adjusting it's dimensions. This is the maximum size for Cut Then Print, as this time. Next arrange your sticker images so that you can fit as many as possible in the square without overlapping. Now hide the square or delete it. Next select all and attach. Now the stickers will all print and cut out in the exact location they are on your canvas. If you ever want to edit and change it, just choose the detach button at the bottom of the layers panel on desktop.

The Weld Tool

What does weld mean? Welding takes two items and makes them welded into one new image or word. It can be used to combine several shapes into a new single item, or to weld letters together. Use weld button when you want to get rid of the cut lines between two objects or letters and permanently hold them together as one. You could think of weld like using super glue. The welded items will form one new solid image or shape, and the separate layers will become one new layer called weld result in the layers panel.

How Do I Weld?

To weld objects together make sure they have overlapping cut lines and, select them all. You can select them by using your mouse and clicking and dragging a selection box around them. You can also select them in the layers panel by clicking on one, and then clicking the rest while holding down the shift key. If the items to weld are the only things on your canvas, you could also click select all at the top of the canvas. Once the items are selected, press Weld in the Combine Menu at the bottom of the layers panel on the bottom right of your design screen on desktop.

Cricut Weld

After you weld the items will be called Weld Result in the layers panel in the top right corner of desktop. Also, if the items are different colors before welding, they will become one color once welded together, and the overlapping lines will disappear.

Weld Result Cricut Design Space

When Do I Use The Cricut Weld Tool?

This is one of the common questions around the weld feature, as it's sometimes confusing about when to use Cricut weld vs attach, or other tools. If you want to take two items and form them into one new single image, then weld is the tool you need. It's really great for combining simple shapes to make more complex designs. Use one large and two small circles from the basic shapes welded together to make your own designs for Mickey Mouse for example. You can make all kinds of different shapes by using this useful tool.

Welding Script Font Together

When working with a cursive font, some fonts will cut out as individual letters unless you weld them together first into a single word. To weld a script text together, make sure that each letter of the word is touching. To move individual letters you will need to adjust the letter spacing. You can adjust the whole word with the letter space tool, or adjust individual letters by selecting them individually and moving them into place so that each of the cursive letters is just touching. Next select all of the letters and then use the welding tool to weld the script letters into one word.

Tip: If the inside of a letter disappears after welding, undo and select the whole word and make it much larger. Try the weld again at a larger side. Once you have your welded image created with the no problems use the scale feature and then make it the smaller size again.

How Do I UnWeld?

There is no unweld function in Cricut Design Space. Pro tip though, once objects have been welded together you can use the undo button to go back, but only while you have the canvas open. When you open a saved project you can't un-weld or undo, so be sure that you want something welded before you choose to weld. It is permanent. If you want more tips and tricks all about unweld check out this blog post: How To Unweld In Cricut Design Space -here.

Unite

Unite is new and similar to weld, but allows you to still access all the individual pieces.  After you unite two or more items, you can still select them individually, move them, rotate them, and edit them.  You can also add more items to unite, by dragging them and dropping them under unite in the layers panel.  Use unite when you want to join individual items, so that they cut out as one single item, but you also want to be able to edit them afterward.  

Unite in Cricut

You can also Undo Unite, in the Combine Menu.  Unlike weld, you can easily undo unite, by selecting it and then clicking on undo unite.  This makes Unite the prefered choice over Weld for many designers.

undo unite Cricut

You can also make unite permanent, similar to weld, by choosing Merge Layers in the Combine Menu.  When you Merge Layers, you will no longer see the individual items in the layers menu, instead there will be just one item in the layers menu.  You can not undo Merge Layers, just like you can not undo Weld.  The only way to go back to Un-Merge is to you use the undo button at the top left menu of your canvas, just like weld.

When Do You Cricut Weld vs Attach

Once you understand the differences and how to use both weld and attach, it's really easy to know when to use each.

Choose Attach If:

  • you want to hold items together on the cutting mat
  • you want to permanently arrange things on the cutting mat

Choose Weld If:

  • you want to make new shapes and new designs out of two or more existing shapes
  • to remove the overlapping cutlines of two items
  • you want to cut out a script font as all one word

With understanding Cricut Weld vs Attach, life really is a Party!

More Cricut Posts You Might Enjoy

Check out How To Connect Cursive Letters On Cricut Blog Post here.

You might also like How To Sharpen A Cricut Blade here.

Also check out How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape here.

Spooky DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche

Sep 25, 2023 · 8 Comments

DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche: use dollar store materials to make this haunted house, and graveyard silhouette cloche for Halloween.

DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche: use dollar store materials to make this haunted house, and graveyard silhouette cloche for Halloween.

DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche Decor
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

It's halloween and time for all the spooky cute halloween decorations.  This mini halloween cloche is so cute, and really inexpensive to make with dollar store craft supplies.  We used our Cricut machine to cut out the detailed silhouette insides, and the free halloween cloche pattern is available at the bottom of this post.

cricut halloween ideas

DIY Halloween Cloche Supplies:

  • plastic cloche
  • black cardstock
  • black vinyl
  • battery powered tea light candle
  • black craft paint
  • small paint  brush
  • Cricut
  • Cricut regular grip cutting mat
  • Haunted House PNG file -available in our Free Resource Library

halloween cloche ideas

Free PNG File For Project

To access the free PNG file that includes the trees layer, the haunted house, and the bats, go to our Free Resource Library and click on the Zip file that contains the PNG files.  It will be added to your downloads file.  Then, when you're in Cricut Design Space you can upload the PNG files there.  

How do you access the Resource Library?

The library is free to all our subscribers.  Subscribe below for free, and receive instant access to our Free Resource Library as our way of thanking you for becoming a subscriber.

Dollar Tree Plastic Cloche

This DIY halloween decoration started out with a trip to the dollar tree.  They have really inexpensive plastic cloches that are perfect for this project.  If you can't find this cloche, you can scale the project to fit inside of any cloche.  A glass dome cloche would be a great option for this project too.  The pattern is really detailed, and will therefore work really well for a larger size removable glass cloche too.

The dollar tree cloche has a black base, which works really perfectly for our Halloween vibes.

halloween cloche

Battery Powered Tea Light Candle

While we were at the dollar store we also picked up a pack of battery powered tea light candles.  These are really inexpensive and the ones we found also have a slight flicker, like a real candle which creates a really nice effect.  The ones we found were white, and therefore contrasted too much with our black cloche base, and our black cardstock silhouettes, so we painted it black.  I used some craft paint and couple of quick coats and it worked really well to paint out the white candle base.  Just make sure to let it dry, before fitting it into your Halloween cloche.

Cricut 

We used a Cricut machine to cut out the very intricate silhouette pattern.  Nonetheless, if you really wanted to create this without a Cricut machine, you could indeed use scissors and an exacto knife to cut it out yourself, but it would be challenging, since the halloween scene is so detailed.

To create it with a Cricut machine, just upload the image to Cricut, scale the image to fit into the mini cloche, and cut it out.  The house and tree silhouettes are cut out of black cardstock.

Flying Bats

To add the bat detail on the outside of the cloche, we used black vinyl.  You won't need transfer tape to apply, since they're so small.  Just use your hands when you apply them like a sticker, to the outside of the cloche.

cricut halloween cloche

Recipe

DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche: use dollar store materials to make this haunted house, and graveyard silhouette cloche for Halloween.

DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche

No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Cook Time: 20 minutes minutes
Total Time: 20 minutes minutes
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Equipment

  • Cricut cutting machine

Materials

  • plastic cloche
  • black cardstock
  • black vinyl
  • battery powered tea light candle
  • black craft paint
  • small paint brush
  • Cricut regular grip cutting mat
  • Haunted House Zip File available to all our Subscribers in the Free Resource Library

Instructions

  • To create the silhouette pieces for inside the cloche, first Open a new canvas in Cricut Design Space.
  • Click on Upload on the left hand side of the canvas. Click on Upload Image. Click on Browse and then then find the haunted house png file in your download files. Click on the file, then click on the first image to upload, and click Open. Next select Complex as your image type. And press Continue in the bottom right. Now click on any areas of the image that you want to to remove, paying attention to the small cutouts in the house. Use the "+" to zoom in to see it better if you need to. When you're finished click Apply & Continue on the lower right. Next click on the Cut Image option, and then click on Upload in the lower right corner. Now click Upload Image again, and do the same for the other images. Once all the images are uploaded, select them by clicking on all three, and then click on Add To Canvas in the lower right.
  • When you bring all three onto the canvas they will all be selected, so be sure to click somewhere else on your canvas to deselect them. Now let's scale them to fit the small cloche. Select the haunted house image. At the top of the canvas look for the size menu. With the dimensions locked, change the width to 6.5 inches, and press enter.
  • To adjust the trees size, select the image, and with the dimensions locked, change the width to 10 inches.
  • To adjust the bats, select the image and with the dimensions locked, change the width to 1.5 inches.
  • If you want to add lots of bats to your cloche, select the bat image and click on Duplicate -it has a plus symbol, at the top of the layers menu, on the right side.
  • Make sure the color of the haunted house and trees match, so that they will cut on the same mat, and make sure the color of the bat image is something different, so that it will cut out on a different mat. Change the color at the top of the canvas on the left, beside the operation.
  • Click on Make It on the top right of the canvas.
  • Set your materials to cardstock for intricate cuts, for the haunted house and trees image, and to vinyl for the bats.
  • Carefully remove your cardstock from the cutting mat and weed your vinyl bats.
  • Paint the white candle base black using some craft paint. You may need two coats. Let it fully dry.
  • To assemble the cloche, use tape to create a small ring with the haunted house silhouette, large enough for the candle to fit inside. Fit the tree silhouette inside the base of the cloche lid, with a small piece of tape, then place the cloche on top. Finally, add the vinyl bats to the outside of the cloche.
cricut halloween decor

This is the perfect Halloween decoration for celebrating spooky season.  It would look great lighting up your Halloween tabletops, if you're hoping to add a spell of whimsy.  Mix this little piece in with your favourite Halloween skull decorations, and spooky ghosts for the perfect spooky decor this season. 

cricut halloween cloche

With this spooky DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche, life really is a party!

More Halloween Inspiration

In addition to the post about you might also like to check out our Halloween Movie Night here.

Halloween movie night

Also be sure to check out our Halloween Witch Decor here.

witchy halloween decor shed

Finally, you might also like another Halloween idea.  Check out our Pink Halloween Party with pink decor and snack ideas, here.

Easy Back To School Snack Mix Recipe

Aug 24, 2023 · 1 Comment

Back to school snack mix trail mix recipe.

This easy Back To School Snack Mix is loaded alphabet cookies, book worm gummy worms, freeze dried apples, mini cookies, and more. It's the perfect treat to make with your kids and help them get excited about back to school.

Back to school snack mix trail mix recipe.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love This Recipe

  • It's super quick and easy to make.
  • Treats like this one help get kids excited about back to school.
  • It's filled with yummy items that fit our back to school theme perfectly.
  • It makes a great lunch box or afterschool snack.

It's that time of year again, time for back to school and we're getting the kids excited about it with a fun back to school snack mix.  This is such a fun theme, and so much fun for celebrating the first day of school.  Love back to school food ideas? Check out our Easy and Cute Back to School Treat ideas, Back To School Party Ideas, and a Back To School Family Dinner Party. You might also like our Free Back To School Printables perfect for celebrating.

We love snack mixes or trail mix and our favorite is a perfect combination of salty and sweet.  If you prefer just a sweet treat, you could go for unsalted nuts, or leave them out entirely.

back to school trail mix

Make It With The Kids

This is a really easy, no-bake recipe, the perfect cooking activity to do with kids.  Not only can they help you assemble it, no cooking required, but it would be fun to shop for the ingredients together.  Have them pick out some of the different flavors and ingredients to include, and be sure to let them add in some of their favorites.  

Ingredients

back to school snack mix
  • Alphabet Cookies: The first ingredient in our snack mix is alphabet cookies.  We found ours at Trader Joes.  If you can't find these, look for other alphabet cookies at Walmart, or Earth's Best.  These are the perfect back to school snacks.  Your kids will love looking for the letters to spell out their names, or other words as they snack.  The ones we used are cinnamon flavoured and pair perfectly with the apples we also included.
  • Mini Cookies: We wanted to add some mini cookies to our fun snacks.  So many of us grew up taking cookies to school as part of our lunches.  We used the Trader Joe's tiny chocolate chip cookies, and they're so good.  You could use any mini cookie that you like, such as mini chips ahoy, or oreos. 
  • Fruit: We wanted to include some real fruit in our snack mix and used freeze dried cinnamon apples.  The texture of the freeze dried apples is crunchy and they're really delicious.  The cinnamon is a welcome addition as well, but if you prefer, they're also available plain.  If you can't find the freeze dried apples, or prefer the texture of dried fruit, then dried apples would be a great addition as well.  
  • Chocolate: We added in some milk chocolate covered pretzels.  They're a family favourite, and milk chocolate is usually a good choice for kids.  Dark chocolate could be a good option too, or plain regular pretzels. We also included some chocolate covered almonds, again they're a family favourite.  There are so many chocolate snacks to choose from.  
  • Candy: I wanted to add a little candy in our snack mix as a special treat.  If you're looking for a healthier version, you could leave these out, or just add smaller quantities.  Colourful M&Ms seemed like a very "back to school" addition in their bold primary colours.  We opted for mini M&Ms, but choose whichever is your preference.  Peanut M&Ms would be a good choice too, if you're including nuts. We also added in some gummy worms.  These made me think of book worms, and seemed like the perfect snack idea to include for younger kids, and gummy fans.
  • Nuts or No Nuts: We made our snack mix with lots of mixed nuts in it, since it's one of our favourite salty snacks.  See nut free options below.

Substitutions

  • Nut Free: If you are making this snack mix to be part of school lunches, you may want to leave them out or substitute something that is allergy friendly and safe to bring to school.  The nuts in our snack mix helped create that salty sweet combo that so many of us love.  Ideas for substitutions for your salty snack mix are something like popcorn, snack crackers like goldfish or Annie's cheddar bunnies, or any pretzel variety.
  • More Fruit Options: I think raisins would be a great dried fruit to include as well, since they always make me think of the little raisin boxes that are perfect for a school snack.  You could include other dried fruits as well in the snack mixture.  If you're looking to make it a little healthier, a great way would be to substitute some of the sweets for more dried and freeze dried fruit options like apricots, mango, cherries, cranberries, banana chips or whatever your family favourites are.
  • More Chocolate Options: You might want to add plain chocolate chips to your mix, peanut butter chips, or mini peanut butter cups.
  • Keep It Sweet: We used roasted and salted nuts, but if you don't love the salty combination with the sweet, you could use unsalted nuts.

How To Make It

  1. Step 1: To make the snack mix, combine all the above ingredients in a large bowl and mix together. Take care not to break the cookies or other ingredients as you stir.
  1. Step 2: Store the snack mix in an airtight container.

Back To School Gift

This snack mix would make a great thoughtful gift for kids or teachers.  Package some up in a cellophane bag and tie it tightly so that it's airtight.  Use our free printables for packaging.  Choose a gift tag from our back to school free printable collection.  Just print, cut out, and tie on to the bag with a ribbon as the perfect little gift.

back to school snack mix

Free Printable Gift Tag

We also have a really cute free printable pencil gift box.  It would be perfect for gift giving to your kids or teacher.  Just seal the snack mix in a cellophane bag and then put it into the cute pencil shaped gift box.  

With back to school snack mix, life really is a party!

More Back To School Ideas

  • Back to school party ideas of table decorations, apple balloons, book garland, and smart cookies with glasses.
    Back To School Party Ideas
  • Back to School themed foods snacks and treats.
    Easy and Cute Back To School Themed Foods and Treats
  • Back to school snack mix trail mix recipe.
    Easy Back To School Snack Mix Recipe
  • Back to school free printables including bunting, pencil boxes, party hats and more all set up at a children's tablescape.
    Back To School Free Printables Pack

Frequently Asked Questions

What if I can't find the alphabet cookies?

If you're having trouble getting the alphabet cookies we used, do a quick on-line search for other options like the Walmart brand, or other store brands. You could also substitue alphabet cereal.

Can you make this nut free?

Yes. Leave out the nuts, and it you want something salty substitue something like popcorn or snack crackers.

Our school doesn't allow snacks with candy, what can I do instead?

No problem, leave the candy out and use more types of freeze dried fruit, or dried fruit instead.

If you tried any of our Back To School Snack Mix or any other ideas on my blog, please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

Back to school snack mix trail mix recipe.

Back To School Snack Mix

Sweet, and salty trail mix with lots of fun back to school themed treats.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Desserts, Snack
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
Servings: 24 1 cup
Calories: 53kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

  • 4 cups alphabet cookies
  • 4 cups mini cookies
  • 2 cups freeze dried cinnamon apples
  • 2 cups gummy worms
  • 1 cup mini M&Ms
  • 2 cups mixed salted roasted nuts
  • 2 cups salted and roasted almonds
  • 2 cups salted and roasted cashews
  • 2 cups chocolate covered almonds
  • 3 cups chocolate covered pretzels

Instructions

  • To make the snack mix, combine all the above ingredients in a large bowl and mix together. Take care not to break the cookies or other ingredients as you stir.
  • Store the snack mix in an airtight container.

Video

Notes

Make this trail mix nut free by substituting any favourite salty snack in place of the nuts.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 53kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 1mg | Sodium: 20mg | Sugar: 5g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

Back To School Free Printables Pack

Aug 23, 2023 · 1 Comment

Back to school free printables including bunting, pencil boxes, party hats and more all set up at a children's tablescape.

These Back To School Free Printables are perfect for all your photos and celebrations. Use our printable pennant flags, and add the grade for a fun photo prop. We've also included lunch box notes, pencil party hats, banners, cupcake picks and table scatter. And you will love our free printable pencil box. Just print on cardstock, cut, fold, and use for gift giving. And the whole set is available in pink or blue, or print both and mix and match.

Back to school free printables including bunting, pencil boxes, party hats and more all set up at a children's tablescape.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love These Printables

  • They're free! Subscribe below and access them in our Free Resource Library.
  • They come in two color waves.
  • They're perfect for a party or family celebration.
  • The pennant with personalized grade addition is perfect for back to school photos.
  • The pencil box is perfect for gift giving -to students or teachers.

Back to school is a special time of year, and this free printable pack is perfect for celebrating, parties, photo props, and gift giving. They really help make things feel special.

You might also like our Easy and Cute back to school treats and snacks, Back To School Snack Mix, and Marshmallow Pencil Snacks, perfect for adding a back to school themed food to your celebrations. And find our Back To School Party Ideas here.

Back To School Free Printables: pennant flags, lunch box notes, pencil party hats, banners, cupcake picks and more in pink or blue.

How To Access Free Printables

We share all our free printables with our blog subscribers.  All you have to do is subscribe below for instant access.  You will receive an email with the secret password for our Free Resource Library.  

Use the password to access the entire Free Resource Library full of fun free printable pdf files.  Click on the downloads, and then print on your home printer, or at an office supply store, and enjoy.  We hope you love these back to school freebie printables as much as we do!

Make sure you subsribe for Free Printables (and not the free party planning guide) to get instant access.

Make It Pink, Make It Blue

This back to school theme printable pack comes in two different color waves.  Choose the pink, or the blue/green color, or choose to mix and match them.  They coordinate well, or you can choose your favourite color.

First Day Of School Pictures Pennant Flags

We've included several pennants in our printable pack.  We loved using a ruler to attach them to as the handle of the flag, but you could also use a wooden dowel.  

We also included individual grade banners that you can add to the pennants.  And because we're in Canada, and lots and lots of our readers are in the USA, we included an option for "Grade One" or "1st Grade" because it seems that what you say depends on where you live.  

We also did all the banners in pink or blue, so you can pick and choose and just print the ones you want.  

There's several different pennant flag designs to choose from and also different sizes.  The mini's are really cute tucked into a back to school gift too.  And the first day of school printable flags are perfect for photos.

first day of school sign flag

These are so great to mark the beginning of a new grade with a back to school photo.  And you can re-use them year after year, just changing out the grade banner.  Whether it's your first time or your kids are are headed into grade 8, they make a great addition to first day of school signs.

back to school printables

Back To School Banner

We have a few different banner options in the printable back to school bundle.  Use the shapes and cut them out by hand or if you're a Cricut user, upload them into Cricut Design Space and cut out with the Cricut.  We also added some glitter to the apple and the star for a little extra fun.  We used a tiny hole punch at the top and then strung them with a darning needle on to some embroidery cotton.  These are such a cute banner and they come in either pink or blue/green, choose on or mix and match them.

back to school party
back to school printable banner

Lastly the small circles can be used for a cute banner too. 

Back To School Printable Small Cards

We have some cute small cards with four different designs.  We used them tied to the back of the chairs for our back to school party.  

These would also be great as lunch box notes.  Write a message on the back and tuck one into your child's lunch for a fun surprise.

back to school printables

These would also work well as a gift tag for back to school gift for a child, or a teacher.

back to school free printables

There's also a set of library inspired cards in the set.  You could use these as cards, lunch box notes, or gift tags too.  They'd also be cute as place cards for a table.  Just use a sharpie to write the person's name and leave one on each plate for a cute addition to your back to school table.

Signs

We've also added a cute free printable sign that says "Back to School" with the cutest apple background.  Choose from pink or blue.  Print one out and use as decor in a picture frame for any back to school party.  This one might also be a nice addition to classroom decor or on your classroom door for the beginning of the year, if you're a teacher.

back to school table ideas

Pencil Party Hat

We thought it would be a fun idea to include a party hat in this collection.  Just subscribe for the free download, print it out on card stock, and use tape or a glue gun to put it together.  Then punch a hole on each side and tie on some ribbons or elastic.  This is such a cute addition to your start of school year party for younger kids.

pencil party hat

Free Printable Paper Pencil Box

We've also included the cutest free printable pencil gift box.  This box prints out on two sheets of cardstock.  After it's printed, cut it out with scissors.  Next you will need to fold on all the score lines.  Some of the lines are printed or indicated with a color change, for others you will have to be guided by the shape.  

We don't always add score lines, because they take away from the final look of the project, so we've left them out where we think you can easily be guided by the shape itself.  

pencil gift box free printable

Once all the score lines are folded, assemble the pencil using some hot glue.  First make the yellow body of the pencil box, then add on the black tip.  The pink eraser part is the lid for the box, you will have to glue the seam together to make that part 3D, but don't glue it to the pencil, as it's designed to be a removable lid.  Once it's all put together you can add some ribbon around it if you like.

The pencil gift boxes are a great way to give a start of the school year gift to your students or teachers.  Some student or teacher gift ideas are small school supplies, gift cards, or even snacks.  

If you have a meet the teacher night during the first week of school, this gift would be great to bring along with you to meet the new teacher.

pencil treat box free printable

These pencil treat boxes would also be great for gift giving to a classroom teacher around the holidays, or at the end of the school year as a last day of school gift.

Back To School Table

Having a special family meal together on the first day of school to hear all about how it went is one of our favourite  first day of school traditions.  One of my favorite things to do on the first day when my kids were little was to set up a beautiful back to school table to surprise them with after school on the first day.  It was a fun way to kick off what we all hoped would be a great year and new school season.  We loved hearing all about new friends, first day activities, and new teachers.  This dinner was always a great start to a new year.  

back to school confetti table scatter

We've included a table scatter confetti set. You can cut these out on your Cricut if you have one, or by hand.

back to school printable pack

With these adorable back to school free printables, life really is a party!

More Inspiration

  • smart cookie party
    Smart Cookie Party
  • Book themed party with DIY decorations like book page wreath, mini book bunting, and book page table runner.
    Book Themed Party
  • back to school lunch box notes
    Free Printable Lunch Box Notes
  • Caramel apple trifles made in mason jars.
    Caramel Apple Trifle

Frequently Asked Questions

How can I access the printables?

Just subscribe and you'll receive an email with the password to access our Free Resource Library. (Check your spam/junk folder if you don't see it.) Look for the Back To School printables section in the Free Resource Library, click on them and print!

What if I don't have a color printer at home?

You can get these printed at a local office supply store, or most libraries will let you use their color printer for a very small fee.

How do I cut these out with my Cricut machine?

Use the png files and upload them to Cricut Design Space. Use the print then cut feature to cut out the banner and table scatter, or to make stickers.

If you try any of the Free Back To School Printables or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Mushroom Themed Picnic Party

Aug 1, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Mushroom themed party picnic in backyard.

This Mushroom Party picnic with mushroom decor, and mushroom themed sweet and savoury foods is the most beautiful party.

Mushroom themed party picnic in backyard.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love This Party

  • Mushrooms are the cutest and we love how trendy they are right now.
  • Outside was most beautiful setting, and we including lots of fun mushroom decor ideas.
  • Our menu of mushroom themed food including great savoury and sweet options.

Our mushroom themed picnic party with mushroom themed decor and mushroom themed food ideas was so much fun.  We had the best afternoon enjoying our sweet little picnic, and I'm so excited to share all the fun details with you.

We love themed picnics. You might also like strawberry themed picnic, cherry themed picnic, butterfly themed picnic, or our daisy themed party.

Mushroom party with mushroom party decor and food.

The Mushroom Decor

We set up our picnic in our backyard, in a nice shady spot under the apple tree.  The table was actually a table top with screw on legs.  Instead of adding the legs, we set it up on baskets to create the perfect picnic table height.  You could also use a sturdy board on top of baskets.  

We then draped it with a white linen table cloth.  We surrounded the picnic with blankets and pillows for a really comfy and pretty spot to sit and enjoy.  

Mushroom themed picnic party table with mushroom food and decor.

Mushroom Centerpiece

One of the highlights of the table and our mushroom party decorations were these gorgeous mushroom vases.  You can purchase the mushroom vases here and here.  

I love the colours they came in, and they set the tone for a muted pastel colour scheme rather than bright colors.  We filled our vases with garden flowers, and some Queen Anne's lace.  They were so beautiful.  

We also added in some tall wood mushrooms for a little height and contrast to the delicate flowers and vases -find similar wood mushrooms here.

Mushroom themed party table with glass mushroom vase filled with flowers.
Mushroom themed tablescape with pink glass mushroom vase willed with flowers.
Mushroom themed tablescape with a green glass mushroom shaped vase filled with flowers.
Mushroom themed centrepiece with glass mushroom vase filled with wildflowers.

The floral candle holders were a fun DIY.  I pressed some garden flowers in some heavy books and when they were dry I used some mod podge to glue them to some old glass yogurt containers.  

We used some citronella candles in ours, so not only were they beautiful, but they helped keep any bugs away too.

PInk glass mushroom vase filled with flowers, and a glass candle holder with dried flowers on it.

The Place Settings

We used simple side plates and black forks for our place settings.  The cute glasses with ribbed glass are from Ikea.  I love that they work for just about any drink, and they're sturdy and inexpensive.  

The star of the show was the mushroom napkins.  I ordered this fabric from spoonflower.  They have so many amazing options available.  You can order them as napkins, or buy the fabric and make them yourself.  I loved the colours and pretty pattern, and they added so much to our mushroom themed table.  These were a great alternative to something like using a mushrooms paper plate, because we can reuse these over and over, and they gave a similar effect to the table.

Mushroom themed party table with mushroom napkins, flowers and food.
Mushroom party table with mushroom themed foods and decor.
Mushroom themed party table with stump chocolate cake with meringue mushrooms and flowers on it.

Mushroom Themed Food Ideas

Stuffed Mushroom Caps

We started out with some savoury themed mushroom foods.  These little nibbles were perfect for our mushroom-themed party.  I love this stuffed mushroom recipe.  These ones are made with breadcrumbs.  Lots of recipes use cream cheese, but I prefer these, and they're a little more picnic friendly.  Serve them hot or at room temperature.

Mushroom themed party food of stuffed mushrooms and mushroom bruschetta.

Mushroom Bruschetta

This mushroom bruschetta is such a favorite.  It's so easy and any mushroom lover is sure to love it.  

Start out by slicing mushrooms, and adding them with some minced garlic, diced onion, salt and pepper, fresh thyme, butter, and a little bit of worcestershire sauce to a frying pan.  Saute everything until the onions are translucent.  Cut some baguette slices and toast lightly.  Spread them with some boursin cheese and then top with the mushroom mixture.  These are so yummy and easy to make.

Mushroom bruschetta on a marble and wood serving tray.
Mushroom themed appetizers on a marble and wood serving board.

Tree Stump Cake with Meringue Mushrooms

The star of the show was our tree stump cake.  It was a lot of fun to create and the gorgeous centerpiece of the table.  I love using the food as part of the decor and incorporating it instead of having a separate food table.  If you like to bake, this cake is a fun project.  It would make a lovely birthday cake, if you were celebrating with a mushroom picnic.  

To create it we started out by baking this chocolate cake recipe.  We layered it with chocolate frosting.  For the outside of the cake we made it look like bark by melting chocolate, spreading it on some parchment paper and then rolling up the paper with the melted chocolate.  Once it's set, unroll the parchment and you have nice long shards of chocolate that look like bark.  We frosted the sides of the cake, and then added the chocolate shards.  It creates such a pretty bark effect.

Wood stump chocolate cake decorated with meringue mushrooms and real flowers.
Chocolate wood stump cake with chocolate bark, meringue mushrooms, and cake crumb moss.

We also wanted to add some mushrooms to our tree stump and some moss.  We made edible moss by crumbling some green cake.  The mushrooms are made from meringue and put together with melted chocolate.  Then we sprinkled some with some cocoa powder to make them look more like wild mushrooms.  These were so cute on the cake and a really delicious crunchy addition.  If this party was for a 1st birthday, it would be fun to make a smaller or cupcake version as a smash cake.  The meringue mushrooms would make great cupcake toppers too.

Homemade chocolate stump cake with chocolate bark and mushrooms.
Homemade chocolate stump wood look cake.

Lastly we added some fresh flowers.  Do a little research before hand, and make sure the flowers are edible.   The flowers really added to our woodland feeling.

Chocoalte wood stump cake with meringue mushrooms.

Mushroom Cookies

We also made some mushroom cookies.  These were so yummy and so cute.  We used this recipe for peanut butter thumbprint cookies, but instead of making a heart, we make a mushroom indentation.  Just be sure that when they come out of the oven you quickly go over the indentation with the back of a small spoon before they cool.  

We used raspberry jam for the red mushroom tops, and vanilla frosting for the polka dots and the mushroom stem.  The combination of the peanut butter and jam is a match made in heaven, making these cookies not only adorable and perfect for our mushroom theme, but also so delicious.

Mushroom serving tray filled with mushroom thumbprint cookies.

If you were making goodie bags for your guests, these would be really cute in a cellophane bag tied with some pretty ribbon for guests to take home.

Mushroom themed outdoor picnic party.

This party was so much fun and I can't think of a better way to spend an afternoon with friends.  A mushroom themed party would be perfect for a baby shower, birthday party, or first birthday party for the little girl who loves mushrooms.  Adding fairies to this theme would be really cute too.  These ideas would also be perfect for a woodland party.  Keep these ideas in mind for your next party.

With a mushroom themed picnic party to enjoy, life really is a party!

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I make the food ahead of time?

Yes, make your stuffed mushrooms ahead of time and bake just before serving. Prepare your mushroom toppings for the mushroom bruschetta ahead of time, and assemble just before serving.

How do you make the low picnic table?

Use a table top or board and use two or three solid square baskets or bins down the centre to hold it up.

More Mushroom Inspiration

  • DIY mushroom wreath
    Mushroom Spring Wreath
  • DIY velvet mushroom craft in pink and white.
    DIY Velvet Mushroom Craft
  • Stuffed mushroom recipe.
    Easy Italian Stuffed Mushrooms Recipe
  • DIY felt mushrooms.
    Felt Mushrooms

If you tried this Mushroom Themed Party or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Cherry Themed Party Ideas

Jul 28, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Cherry themed party table with food and cherry themed decor.

This cherry themed picnic party is full of ideas for party favors, party decor, and simple recipes for cherry lovers.

Cherry themed party table with food and cherry themed decor.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love This Party

  • A simple color scheme of cherry red with black and white really popped.
  • Our cherry themed food was easy to put together and so delicious.
  • We had real cherries, to celebrate cherry season.
  • Did we mention we love cherries -taste + cuteness = trending!

This backyard party was a lot of fun to put together.  It would be great for a special occasion like a birthday party, bridal shower, or baby shower, but we enjoyed it as a party theme for a simple summer party to celebrate cherry season.  

We love creating themed parties like this daisy themed party, this strawberry themed party, or this mushroom themed party.

A cherry themed table set up outside with food and cherry decor.

Cherry Tablescape

We set up in our backyard, and used a coffee table in our setting area.  I love how casual and relaxed this set up is.  

I started off using some pretty and inexpensive cherry fabric as a simple table cloth.  The material had some red cherries, with some grey dots, so this set our simple color scheme for the table.  

We used some seasonal Queen Anne's lace wild flowers in vintage glass bottles for flowers.  

Cherry party food with cherry toast, fresh cherries, cherry pop, cherry cheesecake, and cherry cakepops on a table.
Cherry thememd party with cherry cakepops and wild flowers.

Another beautiful addition to our party party supplies and one that helped set the theme was the vintage cherry cake plate.  It was a gift years ago from a friend.  I love theme parties, so when I decided on a cherry theme I knew this would be perfect.  Cherries were a popular vintage theme, so if you're planning something similar it's worth having a look around a antique shop for a some cherry inspired kitchenware to include.

Cherry bruschetta on a cherry cake plate.

Cherry Place Settings

For our place settings we went with classic white plates, and a stripped napkin, with black cutlery.  On top, instead of napkin rings, we added some cherry party decorations with these miniature wood berry baskets filled with fresh cherries.  

They looked so cute, and were a great way to send our guests home with cherry theme party favors at the end of the night -that is if they could resist eating them.

Place setting at a cherry party with mini wood berry basket filled with fresh cherries.
Mini wood berry box filled with fresh cherries.

Another cute touch to our cherry-themed party were the cherry printed paper straws -buy them here.  

I found some black cherry pop in cute bottles and used some red and white twine to tie the paper straws right to the bottles.

Cherry pop bottle with cherry printed paper straw tied to it.

The Cherry Themed Food

Cherry themed party table with cherry table cloth, cherry themed food, and wild flowers.

Cherry Toast

My favourite part of the party was the beautiful cherry inspired foods we served.  We started out with some cherry themed bruschetta.  

Cherry bruschetta with roasted tomatoes.
Cherry bruschetta with roasted tomatoes, chives, and basil to look like cherries.

To make them, we toasted some bread, spread it with boursin cheese, and then added roasted grape tomatoes that looked like cherries.  

To roast the tomatoes we tossed them in some olive oil, with a little minced garlic and salt and pepper in a baking dish.  We roasted roasted ours in a 350 oven for about 20 minutes.  Serve them warm, or room temperature. 

We added stems with fresh chives, and a leaf of fresh basil.  

Cherry themed party table with food, place settings, and decor.

These cherry toasts certainly looked like they'd just been picked from some cherry trees nearby, but not only were they adorable, but they were delicious!  The roasting of the tomatoes brings out their sweetness and the combination of that with crunchy toast, and creamy cheese, and the freshness of the herbs was heavenly.  You want to make these on the party day, just before serving. 

Cherry themed party in the garden.

Cherry Cheese Cake

We also made some classic cherry cheese cakes.  We served these in individual glasses, which makes them perfect for a picnic and not having to worry about cutting and serving.  These are a very easy no-bake recipe.  Use this recipe, and swap out the topping for canned cherry pie filling.

No bake cherry cheesecake in a footed glass.

Cherry Cake Pops

And finally we also made some cherry cake pops.  Aren't these just the cutest?  And they were so yummy too.

To make them we used a cherry mix, broken into crumbs and mixed with icing to create the cake balls.  Next, we used some green straws -to look like cherry stems.  These were dipped in red chocolate candy coating.  I tied two of the finished cake pops together with some green ribbon to make it look like a cherry leaf.  

Cherry cake pops on a cake stand with wild flowers.

These would also be adorable as a cherry themed favor.  Just wrap them up in a cello bags for gift giving.

Homemade cherry cake pops on a cake plate.

We kept our menu quite simple but cherry pies would be another great addition.  Vanilla cupcakes with a cherry on top would be sweet too.  Cherry cookies or sugar cookies decorated to look like cherries would all be great additions too.  And since it's summer, you couldn't go wrong with a cherry custard or black cherry ice cream cone.

Cherry themed party table in the garden.
Cherry themed party table set up in the garden.

With all these cherry themed party ideas, life really is a party!

Cherry themed picnic table set up in the garden with cherry themed food and decorations.

Frequently Asked Quetions

Can I make the food ahead of time?

Yes, you can prep the cherry cake pops and cherry cheese cake the day before. Store the cake pops in an airtight container at room temperature, and the cheese cakes in the refrigerator. For the cherry toasts, you can roast the tomatoes ahead of time and sereve at room temperature. Do not assemble them ahead of time though, or they might go soaky.

Where is the cherry fabric from?

We found our fabric at a craft store. If you can't find any at your local fabric store, try looking on line for it.

More Party Inspiration

  • Strawberry themed party ideas with table setting, flowers, and food.
    Sweet Strawberry Theme Party
  • Mushroom themed party picnic in backyard.
    Mushroom Themed Picnic Party
  • Butterfly themed party ideas party table, food, and decorations.
    Butterfly Themed Party Ideas
  • How to throw a Swedish inspired midsummer picnic.
    Swedish Inspired Midsummer Picnic

If you try this Cherry Themed Picinc or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Easy Ice Cream Sundae Charcuterie Dessert Board

Jul 14, 2023 · 1 Comment

Ice cream charcuterie dessert board in the shape of an ice cream cone.

This easy ice cream sundae charcuterie dessert board is perfect for entertaining. We made it in the shape of an ice cream cone, and it has everything you need for the perfect ice cream sundae including cones, sauces, nuts, candy, brownies, and a cherry for the top!

Ice cream charcuterie dessert board in the shape of an ice cream cone.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why You Will Love Recipe

  • I scream, you scream, we all scream for ice cream! Who doesn't love ice cream?
  • It makes for easy entertaining where guests can help themselves.
  • It looks amazing and brings the wow factor. How cute is it that we made it in the shape of an ice cream cone?
  • You can prep it all ahead of time and just add ice cream right before serving.

Love frozen treats? You might also enjoy our easy coconut milkshake recipe, and if you're a desset board fan, check out our S'mores Charcuterie Board. You might also enjoy our Ice Cream Party Ideas: Sundae Bar, Activities, and Decor, and Ice Cream Sundae Kit Gift Basket.

Charcuterie?

Strictly speaking, this isn't actually charcuterie.  Charcuterie actually means cured meats, but over the years it's become so popular, and come to include cheese and crackers and all sorts of additions to that.  And eventually, people started using the word for any kind of food that's gathered together on a board.  

Ice cream dessert board made in the shape of an ice cream cone.

Our ice cream sundae charcuterie board doesn't include any cured meats, so you might want to refer to it as an ice cream board, or desert board.  Basically, we gathered together all our favourite ice cream sundae toppings and sweet treats, and created a beautiful board out of them.  This the perfect way to serve a crowd the easy way, and would be a very welcome addition to your next get together.  It is the easiest dessert for a large group because guests can serve themselves and cater to their own taste buds adding all their favorite things to their sundaes or cones.

Choosing a Board

When making your own dessert charcuterie board, you will want to start with a large board.  We thought it would be so much fun to make our ice cream sundae board in the shape of an ice cream cone, so I used my largest marble board as the base.  I arranged the cones in the shape of the ice cream cone, and then put the rest of the toppings in the shape of the ice cream.  Start arranging with your largest toppings, and work the smaller ones in and around them.    A large wooden board would work great as the base too.  We used a few small bowls and pitchers to hold some of the toppings.  I think it came out really cute.

Ice cream charcuterie dessert board and ice cream bowls.

Ingredients

Ice cream charcuterie dessert board ingredients.
  • Ice Cream Cones

We started out by forming the ice cream cone portion at the bottom.  I used a combination of our favourite ice cream cones, including sugar cones, waffle bowls, and chocolate dipped ice cream cones.  Waffle cones would be a great addition too. We also added a few round hazelnut wafer cookies.  

Selection of different ice cream cones and waffle bowls on an ice cream sundae dessert board.
  • Baked Goods

Any baked goods workout great on your fun dessert board.  We included some chocolate brownies on ours.  Any cookies or mini cupcakes are a great choice to include.  

Chocolate chip cookies would be great to include too.  Not a baker?  Feel free to include store-bought items.

Ice cream toppings on a make your own ice cream sundae bar board.
  • Ice Cream Sauces

You can't have an ice cream sundae without some yummy sauces.  Our favourite is homemade hot fudge sauce -find our full recipe here.  This is the best chocolate sauce ever, and worth the trouble to make from scratch, but if you're short on time pick some up at the grocery store.

We also made some caramel sauce -find our recipe here.

You could also include some strawberry sauce, or a dark chocolate version of the chocolate sauce.

Ice cream sundae board with chocolate and caramel sauce.
  • Nuts

Nuts are a classic addition to an ice cream sundae.  We added chopped peanuts, walnuts, and sliced almonds to our board.  We also included some toasted coconut chips for all the coconut lovers.

A make your own ice cream sundae charcuterie board with ice cream bowls and spoons.
  • Fresh Fruit

Lots of people love fresh fruit with their ice cream.  We included classic bananas with ours.  To help keep the bananas from turning brown, sprinkle them with a little lemon juice.

Strawberries, or any berry would also be great to include.

  • Candy

A great way to add some fun to your gorgeous dessert charcuterie board is to add in some candy.  

We started with some chocolate treats for all the chocolate lovers.  We added chocolate-covered pretzels.  They're a favourite around here -that sweet and salty combination.  We also had to include some mini reese's peanut butter cups.  Any of your favourite chocolate bars cut up into candy pieces would be great to include.  Chocolate chips would be a great addition too.

Ice cream toppings on a make your own sundea dessert board, including a bowl of cherries.

We also added some gummy bears -one of our favorite sweets for a make your own ice cream sundae bar.  Gummy worms would be great too.

And lastly we also included some mini candies that are like mini m&ms.  The different colors are a nice addition to the board.

  • More Tasty Treats

What's an ice cream sundae without sprinkles? We included some fun rainbow sprinkles.  Chocolate sprinkles would be great too.

We also added a small bowl of homemade whipped cream.  You could also include a can of whipped topping instead.

A ice cream charcuterie board with a bowl of homemade whipped cream.

And lastly we had to add a cherry on top.  We put some maraschino cherries in a small bowl and positioned it at the top of our ice cream cone shape for the perfect finishing touch.

  • Ice Cream

We went with classic vanilla ice cream, and chocolate ice cream.  We liked to keep it classic and let guests add flavors with the toppings, but you could also include different flavors of your favorite ice cream flavors.  

For the best way to disguise our ice cream container for serving, we tied a tea towel around it.

Serving Pieces

Be sure to add some spoons and tongs and an ice cream scoop, so that guests can help themselves to everything.  And of course you'll need some bowls for anyone wanting to make a sundae rather than an ice cream cone.

Make your own ice cream sundae charcuterie dessert board in the shape of an ice cream cone.

Make Ahead

We added our ice cream on the side.  This means we could prep the ice cream charcuterie board ahead of time without worrying about the ice cream melting. Store your whipped cream in the refridgerator until serving too, and slice your bananas at the end. Just bring out your pints of ice cream when it's time to serve.

A ice cream sundae in a bowl in front of an ice cream charcuterie dessert board.

This is the perfect dessert for entertaining.  It's such an easy and fun way to serve dessert, since guests can serve themselves and add all their favorite toppings to their ice cream.  Use this idea for your next ice cream party, or birthday party celebration.  Or it would be great as a movie night candy board, or snack board, or even for Valentine's Day if you love ice cream.

Ice cream dessert board in the shape of an ice cream cone.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I make this ahead of time?

Yes, add your sliced bananas at the last minute so they don't turn brown, and keep your whipped cream in the fridge and ice cream in the freezer until serving time. Make the rest and wrap with plastic wrap until you're ready to serve.

Could I include fruit?

Yes, try adding fresh berries like strawberries, raspberries or blueberries, and pineapple as a great addition to the bananas.

Where is the best place to buy the toppings?

We love shopping for small quantities like these at the bulk store where you can a small amount of lots of different things for a great price.

More Ice Cream Inspiration

  • homemade strawberry rhubarb ice cream
    Strawberry Rhubarb Ice Cream Recipe
  • Ice cream party sundae bar with colorful toppings in mason jars and DIY cone backdrop.
    Ice Cream Party Ideas: Sundae Bar, Activities & Decor
  • Easy 3 ingredient coconut ice cream recipe.
    Easy 3 Ingredient Coconut Ice Cream
  • Homemade kit kat ice cream recipe.
    Kit Kat Ice Cream Recipe

If you try this Ice Cream Sundae Charcuterie Board Recipe or any other recipe on my blog please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

Ice cream charcuterie dessert board in the shape of an ice cream cone.

Ice Cream Sundae Charcuterie Dessert Board

Everything to make the perfect ice cream sundae, just add ice cream to all these delicious toppings and treats.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Desserts
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 10 minutes minutes
Servings: 12
Calories: 328kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

  • ½ cup maraschino cherries
  • ¼ cup rainbow sprinkles
  • ¼ cup mini m&ms
  • ¼ cup chopped walnuts
  • ¼ cup chopped peanuts
  • ½ cup slivered almonds
  • ⅓ cup toasted coconut chips
  • ½ cup chocolate covered pretzels
  • ½ cup mini peanut butter cups
  • 2 banana, sliced long ways
  • 8 chocolate brownies
  • ½ cup whipped cream
  • ½ cup chocolate sauce
  • ½ cup caramel sauce
  • 6 sugar cones
  • 6 chocolate dipped ice cream cones
  • 4 waffle bowls
  • 6 hazelnut rolled wafer cookies
  • 1.5 quart vanilla ice cream
  • 1.5 quart chocolate ice cream

Instructions

  • Arrange the cones and waffers in a triangle at the bottom of a large board to resemble the shape of a ice cream cone. Then arrange the rest of the toppings as the top of the ice cream cones shape.
  • Serve with ice cream and let choose their favorite toppings to create their own ice cream sundaes.

Video

Notes

Just add ice cream right before serving, and enjoy the perfect ice cream sundae.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 328kcal | Carbohydrates: 41g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 16g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 43mg | Sodium: 296mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 19g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

With an ice cream charcuterie dessert board, life really is a party!

Butterfly Themed Party Ideas

Jul 14, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Butterfly themed party ideas party table, food, and decorations.

Butterfly party ideas for watercolored and gold butterfly party decorations, butterfly mini-cakes and butterfly sugar cookies. Set up outside as a picnic this is the prettiest party ever.

Butterfly themed party ideas party table, food, and decorations.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Butterflies are the perfect theme for a summer celebration, whether it's for big girls or little girls!  We set up the prettiest butterfly theme party in our backyard for a girlfriend get together and it was so much fun.  A butterfly themed party is so perfect for garden parties. I'm excited to share all the fun ideas and little details that made our party guests love it.

Butterfly party ideas with butterfly food and decorations.

DIY Butterfly Party Decorations

I started out with making the butterfly party supplies, by customizing some things with gorgeous handmade paper butterflies.  We wanted to use lots of pink for our colour scheme, but add in some pastels for all the summery vibes.  I watercolored some watercolour paper that I picked up at the local dollar store, and then adding gold foil wing details over top with my Cricut machine foil tool, and then cutting out the paper butterflies in different sizes with the Cricut.  If you'd like to make something similar, find my Cricut Design Space cut files here.  

If you didn't have a Cricut you could use a butterfly template to cut out the butterfly shape by hand or use plastic butterflies.  I used these pretty pastel coloured butterflies to create the perfect DIY party decorations.  These butterflies had lots of gorgeous gold foil detail and it sparked in the sun during the party.

Butterfly themed party tablescape.

Butterfly Paper Lanterns

My favourite butterfly party decoration was the beautiful butterfly lanterns we hung over our party table, covered in lots of butterflies.  We used ours over our main picnic table, but they would also look amazing hanging over a dessert table too.

To make them I hot glued our paper butterflies on to the lanterns in a way that made them look like they were flying up the lanterns.  I placed the largest butterflies in the middle, and then placed smaller ones on the top and bottom.  

These paper lanterns are such a nice alternative to helium balloons, since you don't have to worry about picking them up on the day of the party.  And the lanterns are reusable, which is nice.

Hanging paper lanterns with butterflies for a butterfly themed party.
DIY butterfly paper lantern party decoration.
DIY butterfly paper lantern party decorations.

DIY Cake Toppers

We also used the paper butterflies to create our own cupcake toppers.  We hot glued the butterflies onto some wooden toothpicks.  The mini cakes are made from stacking some pink cake rounds -cut out with cookie cutters.  We layered them with jam and icing, and piped a pretty little icing flower on the top of the cakes, and added our little butterfly cake toppers to each one. We wanted to make it look like a butterfly was landing on a flower.  Our little butterfly cupcakes mini-cakes turned out so cute!  The cake toppers would also be beautiful grouped together on a larger cake or butterfly birthday cake.

Individual pink party cakes with paper butterfly cake toppers.
Individual cakes with butterfly paper toppers and flowers.

butterfly mini cakes

Butterfly Drink Decorations

We used the same paper butterflies with beautiful gold foil butterfly illustrations on the wings to add to each glass.  We had some gorgeous vintage pink champagne coupes and we added a little flutter butterfly to each one, by cutting a slit onto it and adding it to the rim of the glass.  You could also make these into name cards by adding the guests name on to each one.  These were such a lovely addition to the table and perfect for sipping sparking wine or sparkling lemonade and adding a little butterfly magic. 

DIY paper butterfly decorations for glasses.

The Butterfly Party Table

We were setting up a picnic so we used a low coffee table in our party area of the garden and then added pillows and blankets around the outside so our guests would be comfortable.  

I love this idea for a picnic, because you can still set a gorgeous table with no fear of things getting knocked over, like they might on a traditional picnic blanket.  

We draped our table with a vintage lace tablecloth, and then added some colorful flowers as a centerpiece.  We used flowers with the party colors for the floral arrangements, so a mix of wild flowers, and pretty pink peonies.

Butterfly party ideas with butterfly decorations, and butterfly themed food.

For each place setting we started with a small white plate and then layered on some pretty floral napkins.  I wanted to add some floral to the table and these napkins were the perfect way to do it.  I actually used two tea towels with coordinating patterns and cut them in half, and sewed a hem on the cut side to make the napkins. 

Butterfly picnic party with DIY butterfly decorations and themed food.

Butterfly Napkin Rings

To create the custom napkin rings, I used some clear acrylic butterflies -shop for them here, and added the guests names in gold foil cut out on my Cricut machine.  I tied them with the prettiest frayed edge ribbon -shop for it here.  

The butterfly names served as a beautiful napkin ring, a place card and a sweet take home butterfly party favor after the party.  If you had little guests for a magical butterfly birthday party, these would be a great addition to their goodie bags too.

DIY personalized butterfly napkin rings.

Butterfly Party Favor Boxes

On each place setting we also added a cute little butterfly favor box.  We made these butterfly party favors on our Cricut.  You can find our butterfly favour box cut pattern here in Cricut Design Space if you'd like to make one.  Each one is cut from one sheet of pink cardstock and folded together.  

We added a chocolate to each one for a little sweet treat.  These are a fun way to add another small party favor to the table.

DIY paper butterfly favor boxes.
DIY paper butterfly favour boxes for a butterfly party.

Butterfly Sugar Cookies

We made the beautiful sugar cookies with lots of color to match our paper butterflies as part of our party food.  

We started out with our favourite sugar cookie recipe -find it here and used a butterfly-shaped cookie cutter to cut them out.  

To decorate them I made a very thin white icing, and then added in a swirl of colored icing and used a toothpick to create a marble effect.  Then I dipped in each cookie.  I love how easy this cookie decorating method is and it looks so beautiful.  

While the icing is still wet add on some color coordinated sprinkles, edible gold glitter, and some little bits of 24K edible gold leaf -buy it here.  Your guests will love these stunning cookies.

They'd make a lovely addition to favor party bags too, sealed in a cello bag and tied with a ribbon.

A plate of butterfly sugar cookies on a butterfly themed tablescape.
Butterfly sugar cookies with marbled icing and sprinkles.
Butterfly themed party decorations.

This party theme makes your heart flutter.  These butterfly party ideas would be perfect for a girls get together, bridal shower, or baby shower theme.  And also our butterfly party ideas would be perfect for birthday parties.  Any birthday girl would love all our beautiful butterflies!  How sweet would this be for a 1st birthday party?  Just be sure to add their own pair of butterfly wings for the guest of honour.  

Butterfly picnic with butterfly themed DIY decorations and food.

We had so much fun thinking of creative ways to add so many pretty butterfly details. With a butterfly party ideas like this, life really is a party!

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I make these decorations without a Cricut?

Yes, use butterflies from the craftstore to add to paper lanterns, make cupcake picks, and add to glasses instead. Use letter stickers or a paint pen to write names on the butterfly napkin rings/favors.

Can you make the butterfly cake and cookies ahead of time?

Yes, make your cookies and cakes the day before and store in an airtight container, or store them in the freezer for longer.

If you tried this Butterfly Themed Party or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

More Party Inspiration

  • Mushroom themed party picnic in backyard.
    Mushroom Themed Picnic Party
  • Cherry themed party table with food and cherry themed decor.
    Cherry Themed Party Ideas
  • Strawberry themed party ideas with table setting, flowers, and food.
    Sweet Strawberry Theme Party
  • summer garden party
    Summer Garden Party

Best Homemade Mac and Cheese with Panko Breadcrumb Topping

Jun 15, 2023 · 3 Comments

Mac and cheese with panko breadcrumb topping.

Best Homemade Mac and Cheese with Panko Breadcrumb Topping: creamy macaroni and cheese recipe with crispy panko breadcrumbs.

Mac and cheese with panko breadcrumb topping.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

This mac and cheese recipe with panko is from a old friend that always makes the most delicious food.  She gave the mac and cheese recipe to my sister, and when she made it for us, I had to have the homemade mac and cheese recipe too.  I've been making it ever since and it's such a family favourite.

Homemade Mac and cheese with panko bread topping.

I love this creamy baked mac and cheese.  It's the perfect side dish for just about any occasion, and kids especially will love it as a main dish too.  The secret ingredient that sets this homemade baked macaroni and cheese apart and take it to the next level is the panko bread crumbs.  They create a top layer of crispy breadcrumbs that is better than regular bread crumbs. We love the creamy texture of the mac and cheese, combined with the perfect buttery crunch of the buttered bread crumbs recipe.  

Mac and cheese with panko breadcrumb topping in a glass baking dish ready to bake.

Video:  See How We Made our Mac and Cheese with Panko Breadcrumb Topping

And the other thing that sets this recipe apart is using different types of cheeses in the creamy sauce.  The combination of the different cheeses; sharp cheddar (you could also use extra-sharp cheddar here if you prefer) along with the gruyere cheese, and the parmesan cheese creates the best results and a delicious creamy macaroni and cheese.  If you've ever been intimidated by making your own béchamel sauce, this easy baked macaroni and cheese isn't difficult to make and it is the ultimate comfort food.  This bechamel sauce comes together quickly and easily and adds so much creaminess to the dish.

Homemade Mac and cheese sauce in a sauce pan.

We don't recommend using pre-shredded cheese for this recipe.  Shred your own cheese to avoid the additives they use to keep the pre-shredded cheese from sticking together.  It can slightly affect the texture of the cheese when it's melted and it may not give you the stringy gooey cheese pull quite as well as cheese you grate yourself.

Making creamy baked Mac and cheese sauce.
Mac and cheese recipe with panko breadcrumbs on a plate.

Recipe

Mac and cheese with panko breadcrumb topping.

Best Homemade Mac and Cheese with Panko Breadcrumb Topping

Rich and creamy Mac and cheese with a crispy bread crumb topping.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Side Dish
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 20 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 25 minutes minutes
Total Time: 45 minutes minutes
Servings: 8 servings
Calories: 569kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

  • 1 cup panko bread crumbs
  • 2 tablespoon butter melted
  • 16 oz dry macaroni pasta
  • ⅓ cup all purpose flour
  • ⅓ cup butter
  • 2 ¾ cup milk
  • ½ cup light cream
  • ½ teaspoon dry mustard
  • 1 teaspoon onion powder
  • ½ teaspoon salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 cups sharp cheddar cheese grated
  • ½ cup gruyere cheese grated
  • ½ cup parmesan cheese grated and divided

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 400 degrees.
  • To make the breadcrumb topping, combine panko breadcrumbs, 2 tablespoon melted butter, and ¼ cup parmesan cheese. Set aside.
  • Cook the elbow macaroni until al dente, in a large pot of salted water. When it's cooked drain the elbow pasta and run it under cold water until it's completely cool. Set aside.
  • To make the creamy cheese sauce, melt ⅓ cup butter in a medium pan, over medium heat. Add the flour and onion powder and stir until it's a smooth sauce. Cook for 2 min.
  • Whisk in the milk, cream, dry mustard powder, salt, and black pepper to taste. Cook over medium heat while stirring, until mixture thickens. Let mixture boil for 1-2 minutes while stirring.
  • Remove from heat and stir in cheddar cheese, gruyere swiss cheese and remaining ¼ parmesan cheese. Stir until cheese is melted and well blended.
  • Add in the cold cooked macaroni to the cheesy sauce and stir to fully combine. Pour into a greased 9 x 13 baking dish.
  • Top the macaroni and cheese with panko topping. Bake at 400 for 20-25 minutes, until bubbly and golden brown on top. Do not overbake. Cool 10 minutes before serving and enjoy.

Video

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 569kcal | Carbohydrates: 39g | Protein: 24g | Fat: 36g | Saturated Fat: 20g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 11g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 102mg | Sodium: 878mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

This recipe creates the best baked mac and cheese.  If you have any leftovers store them in the fridge in an airtight container. 

Mac and cheese in a glass baking dish before adding panko breadcrumb topping.

Like a little more heat? Feel free to add some hot sauce, or cayenne pepper for a little kick.

Baked homemade Mac and cheese with panko breadcrumbs on a plate.

We love this dish to go along with bbq, but it's good anytime of year.  It's especially a great addition to any meal around the holiday season.  And also travels well for pot lucks.  I hope you enjoy it as much as my family does.  This easy recipe truly is the best mac and cheese.

Baking dish of homemade macaroni and cheese with panko breadcrumbs.

With this homemade mac and cheese recipe panko, life really is a party!

More Inspiration

You might also like our Homemade Baked Beans recipe here.

Also check out our Marinated, Grilled, Flattened Chicken Recipe here.

You might also like our Homemade BBQ Sauce Recipe here.

Easy Dirt Pudding Recipe without Cream Cheese

Jun 14, 2023 · 2 Comments

Dirt Pudding no cream cheese in glasses with candy rocks, and fresh mint that looks like a little plant.

This easy Dirt Pudding Recipe without Cream Cheese only has a few ingredients. Make in individual cups with fresh mint, chocolate rocks and spoon labels to look like mini plant pots.

Dirt Pudding no cream cheese in glasses with candy rocks, and fresh mint that looks like a little plant.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

This Oreo dirt pudding recipe without cream cheese is yummy and very easy to make.  It only has three real ingredients, although the addition of fresh mint and chocolate rocks is a fun one.  Kids and adults alike both love it.  This is sure to be one of your new favorite easy chocolate dessert recipes -similar to our easy brownie chocolate trifles.

Individual oreo dirt pudding that looks like mini plants.

This no bake dessert is really quick to make, but presented as little plants, it's a real stunner, and beautiful enough for a party.  We made ours for our Earth Day Party, but they're great for any garden themed celebration. Or make it for the kids with gummy worms and bug candies added in.

Ingredients

Dirt pudding without cream cheese ingredients.

See the recipe below for exact measurements.

Some recipes call for the addition of cream cheese or cool whip.  But our Oreo dirt pudding recipe is much simpler. This is the easiest way to make it and it's totally delicious. Great for someone who wants a simple quick version, or who doesn't like or can't eat cream cheese.

  • Instant Pudding: we used instant pudding as the base for our dirt pudding. It's quick to make and delicious. You can make chocolate pudding from scratch if you prefer, just leave out the milk in the recipe if you're using already prepared pudding.

Make sure to pick up the instant and not the cook and serve variety for this recipe.

If you're in a real rush you can substitute prepared pudding cups to make this recipe even quicker and easier.

  • Oreo Cookies: we crushed our cookies in the cookie bag with a rolling pin, but you can use a food processor for this process. We like using whole cookies for this and not Oreo cookie crumbs, because they include the frosting and create bigger chunks which adds the create texture to the dirt pudding.
  • Chocolate Rocks: we used chocolate rocks as a garnish for our pudding. We found them at Bulk Barn in Canada. They are chocolate inside and candy coating on the outside. If you are having trouble finding them, looks or them on-line.
  • Mint: the mint is purely a decorative garnish. You could also use an edible flower for this, or any herb, but mint goes well with the chocolate.

Instructions

1. Start by making your instant pudding in your stand mixer.

2. Crush your Oreo cookies by using a rolling pin to crush them or in a food processor. If you use a food processor, take care not to make the crumbs too fine.

3. Combine half of the cookie crumbs with the pudding.

Making instant chocolate puding to use in dirt pudding recipe.
Adding crushed Oreos to dirt pudding recipe.

4. To assemble your cups, divide the pudding mixture evenly between 4 cups, and then sprinkle the rest of the Oreo cookie crumbs over the top of each pudding.

Writing "mint" on wooden spoons to look like plant labels in dirt pudding cups.
Layering pudding and oreo crumbs to make dirt pudding cups.

5. Decorate your cups with the chocolate rocks and mint spring if you're using them. For an extra fun touch, add a "plant label" spoon. Use a marker to write mint on the handle, and then place into the pudding cup so that the handle is sticking out like a plant label.

Expert Tip: Add your mint sprigs right before serving so that they don't wilt.

Individual dirt pudding cups made without cream cheese.

Serving Suggestions

These little dirt cups are so much fun.  You can make one large dirt pudding in a trifle bowl, but I think they're more cute when each one is in a separate bowl.  

Some people even make them look like real flower pots, by putting each one in an individual real clay pot.  I think clear cups work really well though, because you can see the Oreo pudding cake better.

Another cute idea for kids is to make a large dirt pudding in a new sand bucket, and use the shovel as the serving spoon.

Depending on the size of your large serving bowl or bucket you may need to double or triple this recipe to have enough to fill it.

Substitutions

Instead of using mint in the tops of the dirt puddings you could use edible flowers. Look for them in grocery stores or farmer's markets. Add them just before serving to ensure they don't wilt. And change the "plant label" spoon name to match your flower.

Optional Details

We added some cute details to our Oreo dirt pudding cups as the top layer.  The chocolate rocks are from the bulk food store.  They're candy covered chocolate, and not only do they look great, but they're delicious too and add a great crunch.   We also added sprigs of fresh mint to make it look as though they were growing in the dirt.  Mint is a great choice for this as it's edible, and many love chocolate mint flavor.  

One last detail was to use wooden spoons and make them look like plant labels.  I used a sharpie marker to write the word "mint" on the handle of the wood spoons, and then we pushed them into the pudding so that they looked like plant labels in a pot.

Mini dirt pudding without cream cheese cups that look like plants.

If you are making these for kids, you can also add in some gummy worms, or candy insects.  We wanted ours to look more realistic so we skipped these for our dirt dessert recipe, but they're a fun addition, especially for Halloween.  If you're making an Easter dirt cake, you can add some peeps as a fun addition.

Storage

Store this easy dessert in the fridge, covered in plastic wrap.  These are sure to be a family favorite.  The creamy pudding combined with the crunchy Oreos makes such a delicious dessert.  For large family gatherings or a special occasion feel free to double the recipe.  Any Oreo lovers will adore this yummy dessert.

Oreo dirt pudding cups with wooden spoon plant labels, and candy rocks.

Top Tip

In a rush? Make this recipe even faster by using prepared chocolate pudding cups instead of instant pudding.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I use vanilla pudding instead?

Yes if you prefer the flavor of dirt pudding made with vanilla pudding you can use it instead, but in our opinion it doesn't really look like dirt with vanilla pudding because the color isn't quite right.

Can I use double stuff Oreos instead?

Yes you can use double stuff Oreos in this recipe instead of regular ones. Just keep in mind that the finished dirt pudding will be sweeter, because of the extra frosting in the Oreos.

Can I double this recipe?

Yes if you are making this for a larger group, feel free to double the recipe.

Making Oreo dirt pudding cups without cream cheese.

If you try this Dirt Pudding Without Cream Cheese Recipe or any other recipe on my blog please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

More Ideas

  • Individual chocolate brownie trifle in a glass with gold spoons.
    Easy Brownie Trifle Recipe
  • Group of individual trifles in glass dessert bowls.
    Easy Individual Mini Trifle Cups Recipe
  • Chocolate charcuterie dessert board.
    Chocolate Charcuterie Board
  • Ice cream charcuterie dessert board in the shape of an ice cream cone.
    Easy Ice Cream Sundae Charcuterie Dessert Board

Recipe

Dirt Pudding no cream cheese in glasses with candy rocks, and fresh mint that looks like a little plant.

Easy Dirt Pudding Recipe without Cream Cheese

Easy dirt pudding with just 3 simple ingredients, and no cream cheese.
5 from 2 votes
Print Pin Rate
Course: Desserts
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 10 minutes minutes
Servings: 4 servings
Calories: 123kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

  • 1 pkg instant chocolate pudding mix
  • 2 cups cold milk
  • 225 gram bag of mini oreos
  • ¼ cup chocolate rocks optional
  • 4 pieces fresh mint sprigs optional

Instructions

  • Start by mixing the chocolate instant pudding mix according to the package instructions, with 2 cups of cold milk using a hand mixer or stand mixer.
  • Use a rolling pin or food processor to crush the Oreos into Oreo crumbs. Leave some larger chucks to create great texture in your dirt pudding. If you are using a food processor, take care not to make the crumbs too fine.
  • In a large bowl, mix the pudding with half of the bag of Oreo cookie crumbs and stir to combine fully.
  • To make the Oreo dirt cups, divide the pudding mixture evenly between 4 individual cups.
  • Next, on top of the pudding layer, add the remaining crushed Oreos, divided evenly between the dirt pudding cups.
  • Decorate your adorable dirt cups with some chocolate rocks on top of the layer of Oreos. Add in a sprig of mint, as though it's growing out of the dirt. Use a wood spoon, with "mint" written on it and add to the Oreo dirt dessert as a plant label.

Video

Notes

Crush your Oreo cookies leaving some larger chunks to create great texture in your dirt pudding.
Be sure to add your mint garnish right before serving so that it doesn't wilt.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 123kcal | Carbohydrates: 16g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 12mg | Sodium: 172mg | Sugar: 8g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

Easy Father's Day Table Setting Ideas

Jun 13, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Father's Day party ideas and tablescape.

Easy Father's Day Table Setting Ideas: Fathers day table ideas that are simple, and masculine, and inspired by men's wear with DIY bunting.

Father's Day party ideas and tablescape.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

For this year's Father's Day we set a beautiful outdoor dining table, and today we're sharing all our best Father's day decoration ideas.  These Fathers Day table ideas are perfect for a Father's Day bbq, but if you're inside you can bring these ideas indoors too, at your kitchen or dining room table, or for a buffet table set up.  We wanted to keep things fairly simple and classic, not too fussy and somewhat masculine for our Father's Day table decorations.  What better way to show the best dad some love, than to set a handsome table and enjoy a delicious meal together of dad's favorite things?  Oh and don't forget to throw in a few a great gifts and Father's day card, or a homemade gift if you have young kids.

fathers day table ideas

We started with a color scheme of classic black and white, with a little blue added in for Father's Day.  Our Father's Day decorations are inspired by a fun theme of a classic men's shirt, so stripes had to be involved.  We started the table with a table runner.  It's a great choice rather than a tablecloth for a simple, unfussy masculine feel to the table.  

fathers day table ideas

Father's Day Centerpiece

As a centrepiece for the table for dad's day, I went with blooms from our snowball tree.  They're in classic straight sided vases, again unfussy and masculine feeling.  I used just one type of flower, again for a great way to add simple, unfussy flowers.  I also added in a few blue candle votives.  Votive glass will keep the candles from blowing out if there's a wind, and citronella candles will help keep the bugs away for outdoor dining.  The blue here helps tie in the bunting.

Father's Day centrepiece

And more of my  favorite Father's day décor ideas, we spelled out "Dad" with some letters.  My "D"s are actually bookends, and the "A" is from a craftstore.  You could look at the craft store for letters that all matched, or mix and match like mine.  This is a really simple but great idea, that adds so much fun to this special occasion.  The letters are a creative way to really set this table apart for Father's day.  The napkins are also simple, and the stripes are reminiscent of men's wear, without being to much. 

fathers day centrepiece idea

Place Settings

For the place settings, we again went for no fuss, simple.  Skip the paper plates and elevate your bbq with real dinner plates, and black cutlery for a masculine feel.  We had to include some Dad's root beer.  It's such a fun way to add to our Father's Day decor, and one of Dad's favorites, that the entire family also loves.  It's always a nice thing when your party decor doubles as a favorite food loved by kids of all ages, and most of all dad.

Father's Day place setting
fathers day table ideas

Father's Day Bunting

We also made some of our own Father's day party supplies with this DIY bunting.  Fun DIY projects like this one add a personal touch and are the perfect way to add a classic dad detail.  Rather than going with something like napkins inspired by dad's tie, or necktie napkin rings, we're adding that men's wear inspiration in a slightly more subtle way.  We made our bunting out of old men's shirts.  Use dad's old shirts for a personalized touch, or as Father's Day approaches look for them at garage sales or the thrift store.  We used pinking sheers to cut them out as bunting triangles with a zigzag edge.  Then we stitched them to a ribbon.  These fun crafts were a little bit of effort, make it easier and no-sew by using fabric glue to attach them to the ribbon.  

fathers day table ideas
fathers day diy bunting banner

We went for classic blues in solids, checks and stripes, but you could use your choice of colors that your dad loves.  This handmade Father's Day party décor feels extra special and was very easy and inexpensive to make.  Save it and use this happy Father's day banner year after year for all your Father's day tablescapes, starting with their first Father's day for a new tradition or use it for any special day.

Father's Day outdoor table ideas

This table was perfect for our backyard bbq, and dear ol' dad loved it.  But it would also work really well in the dining room, or for a Father's Day brunch.  

fathers day table ideas

Father's Day Menu

Since the way to Dad's heart is through his stomach, our Father's day dinner menu centered on classic bbq.  This is perfect for the grill master dad.  Be sure to choose a menu that suit's father's taste buds.  We started out with ribs, and grilled whole flatten chicken -get the chicken recipe here.  Then we added in our favourite sides, like homemade mac and cheese -recipe here, homemade baked beans -recipe here, coleslaw, corn on the cob, and cornbread. And for dessert, especially for the dad with a sweet tooth, we enjoyed a homemade banana pudding pie -get the recipe here.

  • bbq ribs
  • marinated grilled flattened chicken
  • homemade Mac and cheese with panko bread crumb topping
  • homemade slow cooker baked beans
  • coleslaw
  • corn-on-the-cob
  • sweet homemade cake-like cornbread
  • quick and easy banana pudding pie
Father's Day bbq
Father's Day bbq ideas
fathers day table ideas

It was a feast that everyone loved, but one of the best parts was spending time with family cooking all the great food together.  The most important thing is always family time.

Fathers Day table ideas

I hope these Fathers day table ideas give you a little inspiration for your Father's day celebrations, and that you have a wonderful time celebrating with the whole family!

More Inspiration For Father's Day

You might also like our Donut inspired Father's Day party here.

Father's Day Donut Party Ideas -Easy DIY Donut Wall how-to, Donut banner, rice krispie donuts, and sprinkle candle holders.

Also check out our Homemade Montreal Steak Spice Father's Day gift idea here.

Homemade Montreal Steak Seasoning: Easy to make and delicious recipe, plus free printable Father's Day gift labels.

You might also like our Father's Day Pie Stand party here.

Yogurt and Granola Parfait Breakfast Board Ideas

May 8, 2023 · 2 Comments

Yogurt and granola breakfast board with yogurt, fresh fruit, and dried fruit.

Yogurt and Granola Parfait Breakfast Board Ideas: perfect for entertaining, yogurt charcuterie board with fresh fruit, dried fruit, and more.

yogurt and granola breakfast board
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

This breakfast charcuterie board filled with items to make a yogurt and granola parfait is perfect for entertaining.  Filled with lots of healthy options, your guests will love choosing their favourites.  We've set ours up as a breakfast board, but you could also use the same idea to create a yogurt parfait bar and use small bowls instead of one large board. 

You might also like our Easter Bunny Breakfast.

how to make a breakfast board

This delicious breakfast is perfect for any special occasion.  It would make a great addition to any brunch especially when entertaining for a bridal shower, a baby shower, or during the holiday season.  We set ours up as part of a Mother's Day brunch.  It's a great healthy breakfast option for guests.  It would also be great served alongside other options, like traditional hot foods.  It's a great way for guests to get started while other food is still cooking.

Yogurt Charcuterie Board Items:

  • vanilla yogurt
  • homemade chunky granola
  • honey
  • peanut butter
  • chocolate chips
  • strawberries
  • raspberries
  • blackberries
  • blueberries
  • coconut chips
  • dried mango
  • dried apricots
  • dried pineapple
  • dried strawberries
  • edible flowers

The Board

Start with a large wooden board or serving tray.  I used one that's a lazy susan, so it's great for guests to rotate easily because it spins and then they can easily reach anything they like.  Choose a serving board that's big enough for your number of guests, you want your board to look nice and full with no empty spaces for visual appeal, so a smaller board works well for less people.  

yogurt charcuterie board

Yogurt

Place the larger items on your board first.  We started with our yogurt.  For our board we used a vanilla yogurt.  It's a great basic option, which everyone generally likes.  Plain Greek yogurt is a great option too, just be sure include some sweeteners like honey or maple syrup on the board for a little added sugar for anyone with a sweet tooth.  Greek yogurt parfaits are a favourite with many.  You could also offer a variety of yogurts for a larger board.  We used a mason jar for our yogurt.  Any glass jar or small mason jars will work well for any type of yogurt.

yogurt parfait bar

The Granola

We used our homemade chunky granola -you can find the recipe here.  It's a favourite of ours and one that you can customize with whichever nuts you like best.  We used walnuts, almonds, and pecans.  Or go nut free and add your nuts to the board so that your guests can choose whichever they prefer. 

granola breakfast board ideas

If you don't have time to make homemade granola, you can for sure use one of your favourite crunchy granola kinds from grocery stores, or even use a few different varieties of granola.  Be sure to include the granola because crunchy toppings add so much to your yogurt parfait board.

yogurt and granola breakfast board

I placed the granola front and centre on our breakfast board, then it was time to add lots of different toppings all around it.

The Toppings

Let's start with the honey and peanut butter.  Honey is a great addition for anyone who wants a little added sweetness, especially if you're using a plain yogurt.  We served ours in a small bowl with a dipper perfect for adding a drizzle of honey.  Some maple syrup is another great natural sweetener option too.

how to make a breakfast board

We also included a small bowl of peanut butter.  Any nut butters are a great addition, or different chopped nuts are great to include too.

granola charcuterie board ideas

We also had to include some chocolate chips for our chocolate lovers.  We went with regular semi-sweet, but for a larger board you could offer a few different options like milk chocolate chips, dark chocolate chips, or white chocolate chips.

granola parfait breakfast board

Fresh Fruit

On one side of our board we offered lots of colorful fresh fruit options.  I went with fresh berries, but any seasonal fruit like orange slices, bananas, or pineapples would be great too.  We used some strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, and fresh blueberries.

yogurt and granola charcuterie board
fresh fruit on breakfast board

Dried Fruit

On the other side of our board we included lots of dried fruit.  Top tip, put these altogether on the board, so that they stay nice and dry and don't end up mushy because they're beside something wet.  On our board we included dried mango, coconut chips, dried strawberries, dried apricots, and dried pineapple.  Raisins would have been a great addition too.

dried fruit on breakfast board
breakfast board ideas

Edible Flowers

To take our brunch charcuterie board to the next level, once all the granola and yogurt toppings were on the grazing board, I went the extra mile and added in some edible flowers just for a little bit more color.  I used flowers from my own garden, so I know they're grown without pesticides.  If you're using your own flowers be sure to check and make sure they're edible because all flowers are not.  Some are toxic -so a word of caution.  You can also look for edible flowers at the grocery store or farmers market.  They really such a beautiful addition to our brunch board.  We used some pansies, English daisies, and forget me nots, and I think they're my favourite detail and great focal points.

yogurt and granola breakfast board
yogurt charcuterie breakfast board

The best part about this granola and yogurt charcuterie board is that guests can serve themselves, can create their own parfait cups that suit their own tastes.  It's definitely a crowd favorite.  Everyone loves making their own parfaits.  It's also a perfect way for guests to serve themselves while you're finishing up other aspects of the brunch, or busy with other party details.  It would a great idea to use as a starter to the meal also.

yogurt charcuterie board ideas

With so much delicious food, our granola and yogurt charcuterie board really makes life a party!

More Brunch Great Ideas

You might also like our Christmas Breakfast Board here.

Christmas breakfast charcuterie board

Also check out Fall Breakfast Charcuterie Board here.

fall breakfast charcuterie

You might also enjoy Homemade Granola Recipe here.

How To Make A Cricut Doormat With Iron-On Vinyl

Apr 14, 2023 · 12 Comments

How to make a custom doormat with your Cricut machine and iron-on vinyl.

How to make a doormat with Cricut Iron-On Vinyl to form a stencil that is more leak proof than any other methods. This is the easiest and most effective method for creating a doormat with Cricut. The results have nice crisp edges, even with intricate paterns.

How to make a custom doormat with your Cricut machine and iron-on vinyl.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why You'll Love This Craft

  • Creating your own custom Cricut doormat is cheaper than buying one that's custom made for you.
  • You can create any look you like with a custom design and colors.
  • This method of stenciling gives the best crisp results.
  • Using iron-on vinyl to make your stencil is easier than other ways of making a doormat with your Cricut.

There's several popular methods for using your Cricut to create a doormat.  We're going to use iron-on vinyl to create a stencil, and look at why it's the easiest and most effective way to use your Cricut to make a doormat.  

You might also like How To Sharpen Your Cricut Blade, How To Make Earrings With Your Cricut, and the Beginner's Guide to Cricut Mats.

Create a Custom Look

Making a custom doormat is a fun way to create exactly what you're looking for.  Take a boring, plain doormat and choose your own saying, name, house number, fonts, and colors to create your custom look.  These are great for decorating your front porch, or for giving as gifts for friends to use at their front door, or even for selling.  Start with a blank doormat and turn it into a funny doormat that welcomes guests, or a pretty doormat that matches your personal style.  

Materials:

Supplles for making a custom doormat using your Cricut machine and iron-on vinyl.

Why Iron-On Vinyl?

There's many popular different ways to create a doormat using your Cricut machine.  Using iron-on vinyl to create a stencil is the easiest way to create a doormat with your Cricut.  I've tested out several other popular methods, but they all have more draw backs than advantages. 

Regular Vinyl

One popular method is to cut out regular adhesive vinyl and then adhere it to your doormat to create a stencil.  The problem with trying to create a doormat this way is that you can not use transfer tape with a doormat.  The doormat itself is too rough and textured for the transfer tape to adhere to it, making it impossible to peel off of the vinyl.  

Some people try to use vinyl as a sticker stencil.  The problem is that the sticker stencil is quite large -large enough to fit a doormat, and also usually full of a detailed design, including intricate fonts.  It's extremely difficult to remove the vinyl from the backing and then stick it down on to large doormats without it getting all stuck to itself and turning into a sticker ball, rather than a nice flat stencil.  

If you do manage to get it down onto your mat, the regular vinyl doesn't stick well to the outdoor mat, so it won't create nice crisp lines for you stencil. The paint often seeps under the stencil and results in a messy paint job.

Stencil Vinyl

You might think Cricut stencil vinyl would be easier to use.  It is almost as difficult to work with vinyl stencil as it is to work with regular vinyl for this project.  It has the same problem, since it's also sticky on the back, and hard to move from the carrier sheet to the doormat.

Freezer Paper Stencil

Some people like to use freezer paper and then iron it onto the mat.  The small bit of wax melts into the coir material of the doormat and sticks, helping create crisp edges to the stencil.  The problem with using freezer paper is that it's so delicate that it's very difficult to get it off of the sticky cutting mat all in one piece.  

Some people work in small pieces rather than the entire design, and then piece it together on the doormat as a work around, but it's still flimsy, and very difficult to work with, without tearing it when removing it from the Cricut mat.  It's also difficult to position the cut out part of the design, like the inside of letters.  

And with all of these methods you will still need something like painter's tape, or straight pins to help hold certain places down, as well as a hair dryer or iron to try and help make either one stick to the doormat.  Both of these methods often result in frustration and wasted materials.  I found the best way to create a doormat is to use iron-on vinyl to create a stencil with your Cricut machine.  This is such a good option for saving frustration.

What Kind Of Paint Should You Use For A Doormat?

We used regular acrylic craft paint for our doormat.  It offered the best range of colors for our rainbow color scheme.  It is not the most durable paint.  We gave it two coats of paint in most places and applied it until it was opaque.  It may wear off after a season or two, depending on how much foot traffic your welcome mat gets.  You could spray it with a clear outdoor acrylic spray to help protect it.  You could also use a detail brush to touch up any areas that need it in the future.

Some people like to use different kinds of paint for doormats that are more durable.  Many people recommend using flex seal, because it gives really great coverage and is long lasting.  It's available in limited colors, but it's a great option if you're just using black or white.  Just make sure you spray it in a well-ventilated area.

Another option is using an outdoor acrylic paint, or an exterior paint that will be more long lasting and hard wearing then regular acrylic paint.

Free "Hello Sunshine" Cricut Cut File

If you want to create a mat exactly the way I did, search for "Life is a Party" using the search bar on the home page of Cricut Design Space.  Scroll down to the bottom of the screen to the Community Members section, and click on the follow button for "Life is a Party -Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist".  On my profile page, click on the "Hello Sunshine Doormat" project, and choose to customize or make it.  Or use this link directly to the Cricut Design Space cut file.

Video Tutorial

Check out our step by step tutorial video, to see exactly how to create your own custom doormat.

 

YouTube video

Cricut iron-on vinyl stencil for a custom doormat applied to the doormat, with acrylic paints.

Instructions:

1. Design Your Mat In Cricut Design Space

Create a mat template by adding a square shape to the canvas, unlock the measurements and adjust to the size of your doormat. Change the colour to brown.

Add a text box and type the word "hello". Change the font to Babette.

Add another text box with the word "summer" all in capital letters, in the Cricut Sans font.

Drag the text boxes down to the lower right of the brown rectangle mat template and adjust the font sizes. Use the letter space box along the top menu to adjust letter spacing in the word "summer".

When you're happy with the word sizes, select both and use the align center along the top menu to align them.While they're still both selected use the attach button at the bottom of the layers panel to attach them.

Use hide button beside the brown square mat template to hide it from the canvas so that it will not cut out. Use the save button to save your project.

Or use our "Hello Sunshine" Cricut design in Cricut Design Space.

2. Cutting Out Your Iron-On Vinyl Stencil

Click make it. Be sure to turn mirror on. Select your iron-on vinyl from the materials list. We used a Cricut Maker 3, so we took advantage of the ability to create oversize pieces and used smart vinyl. If you are using a regular Cricut you could make the design a smaller size, cut it out in multiple pieces, or use a 12 x 24 inch cutting mat.

If you're using smart iron-on vinyl, feed the smart vinyl into your Cricut with the shiny side down. If you're cutting your iron-on vinyl out on a mat, be sure to to apply it shiny side down.

3. Weed Your Vinyl

After the material is cut on the Cricut, use your weeding tool to remove the letters. Remember you're reverse weeding this project and removing the letters, and keeping the background to create a stencil.

4. Apply The Stencil To The Mat

Position your iron-on stencil on your blank coir doormat and use the Easy Press or an iron to apply it. We pressed at 310 degrees for about 30 sec. at a time. Slowly work the heat press over the entire piece, moving your Easy Press section by section. While the vinyl is still hot, use a small scraper tool to burnish it. Take special care around the inside of the letters, and any very small pieces,

Applying Cricut vinyl stencil to doormat with EasyPress iron.

Once the iron-on is cool to the touch, you can try to slowly remove the backer piece. If the vinyl is not fully adhered, repress again. This part may take several attempts, and touch ups in some areas. Save the backer piece, and set aside for later.

Applying iron-on vinyl cut out on a Cricut to a doormat to make a paint stencil.

5. Paint Your Doormat

Use a dapping down motion to stencil the letters with your paint, using a regular paint brush or stencil brushes. Use just a little bit of paint for each coat, so that excess paint doesn't seep underneath, and so you create nice crisp edges to your letters. You may want to give it a second coat of paint for full coverage. We used black paint for "hello" and rainbow colors for "Sunshine".

Using Cricut iron-on vinyl as a doormat stencil and applying paint.

6. Remove The Stencil

Once the paint is dry remove the iron-on vinyl, by peeling it off of the doormat. If it's difficult to remove, use the Easy Press at 310 degrees and press for 20 seconds. Be sure to replace the backer piece before pressing so that the vinyl doesn't stick to your Easy Press. Use the weeder tool to remove little pieces, like the insides of the letters

Hello Sunshine custom doormat made with a Cricut iron-on vinyl stencil.

Expert Tips

Because the heat transfer vinyl is removed after it's used as a stencil don't worry if there's a few wrinkles in it after you've applied it to the doormat.  The main important thing is that it's well sealed around the edges of the words or images.  

Also, because the vinyl will be removed after it's used as a stencil, feel free to use up any colors you're not too fond of, or look for iron-on vinyl that's on sale, because the color or pattern won't matter at all.

More Cricut Inspiration

  • How to sharpen a Cricut blade using household items step by step guide.
    How To Sharpen A Cricut Blade
  • How to cut vinyl on a Cricut machine to make a decal for a glass canister.
    How To Cut Vinyl On Your Cricut Step By Step Beginners Guide
  • Cricut transfer tape with a Cricut machine in the back ground.
    How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape
  • How to make earrings with your Cricut machine,
    How To Make Earrings With A Cricut

Frequently Asked Questions

Why isn't my iron-on vinyl sticking to my doormat?

It can be difficult to get the stencil completely stuck to the mat, and you do want it to be well stuck down in order to get nice crisp edges on your paint. Take your time and repress any spots that are not adhered well.

Why am I having trouble removing the used stencil from my doormat?

If you're having trouble getting the used stencil off of your doormat, don't pull too hard and damage the mat. Instead, reheat the vinyl by placing the backer piece over it, and repressing it. This should re-heat the glue enough to make it easy to remove.

Why is my paint wearing off after one season?

Acrylic craft paint isn't the hardest wearing. You can either try using an outdoor or exterior paint, spray acrylic paint with a protective clear acrylic sealing coating, or touch up any areas that need it with a small paint brush.

Can I reuse the iron-on vinyl stencil for my Cricut doormat?

No. After making the mat, you will remove the stencil and it's only good for one time use.

If you try this Doormat Made With A Cricut Iron-On Stencil or any other idea on my blog please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

How to make a custom doormat with your Cricut machine and iron-on vinyl.

How To Make A Doormat With Cricut and Iron-On Vinyl

5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Cook Time: 1 hour hour
Total Time: 1 hour hour
Servings: 1 Doormat
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist
Cost: $20

Equipment

  • Cricut Easy Press or iron
  • Cricut cutting machine

Materials

  • blank coir door mat
  • iron-on smart vinyl or regular vinyl with a standard grip cutting mat
  • craft paints
  • paint brush
  • "Hello Sunshine" Cricut Design Space Cut File

Instructions

  • Create Design
    If you want to create a mat exactly the way I did, search for "Life is a Party" using the search bar on the home page of Cricut Design Space. Scroll down to the bottom of the screen to the Community Members section, and click on the follow button for "Life is a Party -Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist". On my profile page, click on the "Hello Sunshine Doormat" project, and choose to customize or make it.
    If you want to create a different version, follow this tutorial and change the words, fonts, and locations to create your own design. Begin with a blank canvas in Cricut Design Space.
    Create a mat template by adding a square shape to the canvas, unlock the measurements and adjust to the size of your doormat. Change the colour to brown.
    The next step is to add a text box and type the word "hello". Change the font to Babette.
    Add another text box with the word "summer" all in capital letters, in the Cricut Sans font.
    Drag the text boxes down to the lower right of the brown rectangle mat template and adjust the font sizes. Use the letter space box along the top menu to adjust letter spacing in the word "summer".
    When you're happy with the word sizes, select both and use the align center along the top menu to align them.While they're still both selected use the attach button at the bottom of the layers panel to attach them.
    Use hide button beside the brown square mat template to hide it from the canvas so that it will not cut out. Use the save button to save your project.
  • Cut Out The Iron-On Vinyl
    Click make it. Be sure to turn mirror on. Select your iron-on vinyl from the materials list. We used a Cricut Maker 3, so we took advantage of the ability to create oversize pieces and used smart vinyl. If you are using a regular Cricut you could make the design a smaller size, cut it out in multiple pieces, or use a 12 x 24 inch cutting mat.
    If you're using smart iron-on vinyl, feed the smart vinyl into your Cricut with the shiny side down. If you're cutting your iron-on vinyl out on a mat, be sure to to apply it shiny side down.
  • Weed Stencil
    After the material is cut on the Cricut, use your weeding tool to remove the letters. Remember you're reverse weeding this project and removing the letters, and keeping the background to create a stencil.
  • Apply Stencil To The Mat
    Position your iron-on stencil on your blank coir doormat and use the Easy Press or an iron to apply it. We pressed at 310 degrees for about 30 sec. at a time. Slowly work the heat press over the entire piece, moving your Easy Press section by section. While the vinyl is still hot, use a small scraper tool to burnish it. Take special care around the inside of the letters, and any very small pieces.
    Once the iron-on is cool to the touch, you can try to slowly remove the backer piece. If the vinyl is not fully adhered, repress again. This part may take several attempts, and touch ups in some areas. Save the backer piece, and set aside for later.
  • Paint The Doormat
    Use a dapping down motion to stencil the letters with your paint, using a regular paint brush or stencil brushes. Use just a little bit of paint for each coat, so that excess paint doesn't seep underneath, and so you create nice crisp edges to your letters. You may want to give it a second coat of paint for full coverage. We used black paint for "hello" and rainbow colors for "Sunshine".
  • Remove The Stencil
    Once the paint is dry remove the iron-on vinyl. If it's difficult to remove, use the Easy Press at 310 degrees and press for 20 seconds. Be sure to replace the backer piece before pressing so that the vinyl doesn't stick to your Easy Press. Use the weeder tool to remove little pieces, like the insides of the letters

Notes

Because the heat transfer vinyl is removed after it's used as a stencil don't worry if there's a few wrinkles in it after you've applied it to the doormat.  The main important thing is that it's well sealed around the edges of the words or images.  
Also, because the vinyl will be removed after it's used as a stencil, feel free to use up any colors you're not too fond of, or look for iron-on vinyl that's on sale, because the color or pattern won't matter at all.

Rainbow Grilled Cheese Recipe

Apr 3, 2023 · 1 Comment

A rainbow grilled cheese sandwich cut in half on a cutting board.

These rainbow grilled cheese sandwiches are easy to make at home using regular food coloring, and so much fun for the rainbow lover.

rainbow grilled cheese sandwich cut in half on a cutting board.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

What's better than a regular grilled cheese? A rainbow grilled cheese! This rainbow grilled cheese recipe is easy and so fun and perfect for celebrating something special, or making an ordinary day into a celebration. We love rainbow food like our Rainbow Poptarts, or our Rainbow Rice Krispie Treats. We made ours for St. Patrick's Day, but a rainbow grilled cheese would also be great for a rainbow, unicorn, or art themed party, or for celebrating Pride.

Rainbow grilled cheese sandwich on a cutting board.

Why We Love This Recipe

  • We already loved the great taste of grilled cheese, adding rainbows turns good to great!
  • The rainbow cheese pull can not be beat.
  • This kid-friendly recipe is easy to make and a great one to do with children.
  • All you need is cheese, bread and food coloring so you probably have all the simple ingredients to make it at home right now.
  • It only takes around 15 minutes to make, so it's quick!

Kid Friendly

These are easy to make and a very kid friendly recipe. Children might need a little help with the actual grilling, and grating. But there's plenty of food coloring drops to add, stirring, piling of cheese, and buttering to keep kids busy with this easy rainbow grilled cheese recipe.

Half of a rainbow grilled cheese sandwich on a plate.

Ingredients:

  • Food Colouring -We created our colors of the rainbow using white cheese and food dye. If you're uncomfortable using food dyes, there are natural food colorings available at specialty shops. We used inexpensive liquid food coloring for ours. You could also use gel food coloring for this recipe. Use the primary colors and mix them for the secondary colors. If you want darker colors, just add more drops of food coloring.
  • Cheese -We mainly used mozzarella cheese. It's a great cheese for this because it's white so it takes the dye easily, it's inexpensive, and it has a mild taste, which tends to appeal to kids. It's also a great melter, and has a really good cheese pull factor, meaning you'll get those lovely stringy bits when you pull the cheese apart. We also added in a little Swiss cheese, for flavour, but also for an increased cheese pull factor.

Tip: The thick cheese layers really add to the rainbow factor. With a good amount of cheese, you'll be able to see each colour well, and get a great cheese pull when you pull your sliced sandwich apart.

  • Bread -A good crusty white bread works great for this sandwich. We sliced ours quite thickly, which worked great with a thick layer of cheese.  The thick cheese layers really add to the rainbow factor. With a good amount of cheese, you'll be able to see each colour well, and get a great cheese pull when you pull your sliced sandwich apart.

Variations

You could also try using white cheddar, havarti, or provolone, or any combination of these and the mozzarella and Swiss cheese for different flavors.

Regular sandwich bread is a great and easy option for the bread.

Gluten Free: If you want to make your rainbow grilled cheese gluten free, you can substitute gluten free bread for this recipe.

Instructions

1. Begin by grating your cheese. Place shredded cheese into 6 different bowls. Use all mozzarella cheese, or mix in a few some Swiss cheese, or any other cheese you prefer.

2. Dye the cheese by adding around drops of food colouring to a bowl and stirring the bowl of cheese until it's fully combined and the cheese is coloured. To create the orange cheese use drops of red, and yellow food colouring. To make the purple cheese, use red and blue food colouring.

Six white bowls with grated mozerella and Swiss cheese in them, eached dyed a different color of the rainbow.

3. Next, butter the outside of each of the bread slices. Lay out the bottom two pieces of bread, butter side down, and arrange the cheese on top of the unbuttered side. Create six equal lines of coloured cheese in a rainbow pattern, in rainbow order: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and purple. Divide the cheese evenly between the two cheese sandwiches. Then place the top slice of bread on each of the sandwiches, buttered sides out.

Making a rainbow grilled cheese sandwich with one slice of bread covered in rows of rainbow cheese, next to a plain slice of bread.

4. Place the sandwiches in a frying pan, and cook over medium heat. Flip the sandwiches when the first side is golden brown, and cook the other side to golden bread as well. You may want to put a lid on the frying pan, as an easy way to help the cheese melt well. 

An uncooked rainbow grilled cheese sandwich in a frying pan.

5. To serve your sandwich, make sure to cut the sandwich in half, in the opposite direction that your cheese is running so that when you pull it apart you have the rainbow effect with the melted cheese.

Storage

Your rainbow grilled cheese is best eaten as soon as it's made. If you making your rainbow grilled cheese for a party and want to dye your cheese ahead of time you can make it the day before and store it in a sealed container in the refrigerator, then cook the sandwiches right before serving.

A rainbow grilled cheese sandwich sliced in four on a wood cutting board.

Tip: Use a lid on your frying pan to help the cheese melt.  This traps the warm air, and with a thick layer of cheese like we used on this sandwich, really helps to make sure all the cheese is nice and melted.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can you put food colouring in cheese?

Yes. Use liquid or gel food colouring with shredded cheese and stir to combine.

What food colouring is best for a rainbow grilled cheese?

We used regular liquid food colouring from the grocery store. You can also use a small amount of gel food colouring. Also look for natural food colouring dyes at the health food store.

How do you get the best cheese pull?

Use great melting cheeses like mozzarella and Swiss cheese. Make sure to add a generous amount of cheese to the sandwich. Ensure the cheese is fully melted by adding a lid to the pan as you grill it to hold in the heat.

  • How to make rainbow pop tarts.
    Rainbow Pop Tart Recipe
  • Homemade Rainbow Rice Krispies recipe.
    Rainbow Rice Krispies
  • How to dye baby's breath and make rainbow baby's breath.
    How To Make Rainbow Baby's Breath
  • Rainbow art party ideas.
    The Rainbow Art Party

If you tried this Rainbow Grilled Cheese Recipe or any other recipe on my blog please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

A rainbow grilled cheese sandwich on a wood cutting board.

Recipe

A rainbow grilled cheese sandwich cut in half on a cutting board.

Rainbow Grilled Cheese Recipe

Grilled cheese filled with rainbow coloured strips of cheese.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Sandwich
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 15 minutes minutes
Servings: 2 Sandwiches
Calories: 1026kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

  • 4 slices bread
  • 2 tablespoon butter room temperature
  • 3 cups total of grated mozzarella cheese or a combination of mozzarella and swiss cheese
  • 5 drops food colouring -red, yellow, green, blue

Instructions

  • Begin by grating your cheese. Place ½ cup of shredded cheese into six different bowls. Use all mozzarella cheese, or mix in some Swiss cheese, or any other cheese you prefer, for a total of ½ cup of cheese in each of the small bowls.
  • Dye the cheese by adding around 10 drops of food colouring to each bowl and stirring the cheese until it's fully combined. To create the orange cheese use about 5 drops of red, and 5 drops of yellow food colouring. To make the purple cheese, use about 5 drops of red and 5 drops of blue food colouring.
  • Next, butter the outside of each of the slices of bread.
  • Lay out the bottom two pieces of bread, butter side down, and arrange the cheese on top of the unbuttered side. Crete six equal lines of colored cheese in a rainbow pattern, in rainbow order: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and purple. Divide the cheese evenly between the two cheese sandwiches. Then place the top slice of bread on each of the sandwiches, buttered sides out.
  • Place the sandwiches in a frying pan, and cook over medium heat. Flip the sandwiches when the first side is golden brown, and cook the other side to golden bread as well. You may want to put a lid on the frying pan, as an easy way to help the cheese melt well.
  • To serve your sandwich, make sure to cut the sandwich in half, in the opposite direction that your cheese is running so that when you pull it apart you have the rainbow effect with the melted cheese.

Video

Notes

Make your cheese even darker by adding a few more drops of food coloring if you wish.
Place a lid on top of the pan to help the cheese melt while you're cooking it.
Want to make these for a party or get together? Prepare your cheese ahead of time, wrap the bowls with plastic wrap, and store in the refrigerator until you're ready to prepare and cook the sandwiches.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 1026kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 61g | Fat: 71g | Saturated Fat: 42g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 23g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 225mg | Sodium: 1639mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 5g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

With this easy rainbow grilled cheese recipe, life really is a party!

How To Make Rainbow Baby's Breath

Apr 1, 2023 · 2 Comments

How to dye baby's breath and make rainbow baby's breath.

How to make rainbow baby's breath using fresh baby's breath and food coloring to dye the flowers and create your own rainbow!

How to dye baby's breath and make rainbow baby's breath.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why You'll Love This Project

  • The rainbow baby's breath is so beautiful!
  • It's easy to make.
  • You only need regular food coloring and baby's breath for this project.

Video

I wanted to use some rainbow baby's breath on a special Easter table as a centerpiece, and decided to try and make my own. I used simple food coloring and fresh flowers and got great results.

You might also like How to Make Your Fake Plants Look Real, DIY Lightbulb Flower Vases, DIY Mason Jar Oil Lamps, or Eggshell Planters.

DIY rainbow baby's breath as the centre piece down the middle of a table.

Different Methods of Dying Baby's Breath

There are a few popular methods for creating rainbow baby's breath. If you purchase it from a local florist, or somewhere like trader joe, it is usually created with a special florists spray paint. The florist spray paint is expensive and hard to find.

Some DIY's like to make it using regular spray paint. This works best for dried baby's breath, but you can do it on fresh as well. This method works well, and you can easily control the exact shade of the color by choosing spray paint in bright or pastel colors, whichever you prefer. The draw back to this method, is again that it's expensive to purchase all six colors for a rainbow.

We decided to try the food coloring method.

For this method you cut fresh baby's breath, and put the stems in food coloring mixed with some water. The flower stems drink the water and the color goes up the stem and into the white flowers to make them change color.

Materials

For this project you need:

  • Fresh baby's breath
  • Food coloring
  • Water
  • Six Glasses
Fresh aby's breath, food coloring, and glasses ready to dye the baby's breath.

How To Dye Baby's Breath

1. Begin by mixing about ½ cup of water in each glass. Then add about 1 teaspoon of food coloring in each of the six rainbow colors to create a different color in each glass. To create orange, mix half yellow and half red. To create purple mix half red and half blue.

Making rainbow baby's breath with food coloring in water.

2. Give each stem of a baby's breath a fresh cut and place in the colored water.

Making rainbow baby's breath with food coloring in water.

3. If some stems don't absorb the color after a few hours or overnight, recut the stem and place it in the colored water again. There's no specific time to leave the flowers. Some of the flowers changed color within a few hours, some need to stay in the colored water overnight.

diy rainbow baby's breath

4. Once the desired color intensity is reached, remove the stem from the colored water and place it in regular clear water, and arrange as desired, or dry them to use as dried flowers. The pigmentation of the flowers will vary depending on how much food coloring you use, and how long you let the flowers stay in the colored water. You can also adjust the color palette by using different shades of dye.

Table with rainbow baby's breath down the ceter of the table.

Tips:

Use the freshest flowers possible. The freshest flowers take the color the fastest. Also when your making your selection of flowers, look for the most open, largest blooms, since they'll show the color the best.

Also be sure to work very gently with the baby's breath. The flowers often become tangled together, and when you are pulling them apart you may lose flowers, or worse, kink the stem. If the stem is kinked then it won't be able to draw the colored water up the stem to dye the flower.

How Long Does It Take?

Here's how the flowers looked after about 3 hours in the dye:

Dying baby's breath into rainbow colours.

And here's the flowers after we left them overnight in the food coloring dye:

Dying rainbow baby's breath with food coloring.

The green and blue dye started to show up on the flowers within only an hour or two.  After overnight we did find that blue and green were quite dark, so we removed them from the dye and put them in water so that they didn't become darker.  The pink, orange, and purple took the longest for us.  We had them in the dye for about 18 hours.

Rainbow Table Centerpiece

We used these flowers in small bunches in rainbow order as one of the focal points for our rainbow Easter table. These beautiful flowers were perfect, and went wonderfully with the rest of my tablescape. And after Easter, we can dry the flowers and use them in other floral designs or crafts. These would be lovely used in flower clouds. I've used all the colors separately, but you could combine them for a beautiful bouquet arrangement.

Rainbow easter table with DIY rainblow baby's breath.

These would be perfect for a rainbow party, art party theme, St. Patrick's Day, Valentine's Day, Mother's Day, or any celebration. Use them as decorations or as floral gifts for a special occasion or as an anniversary gift.

With knowing how to make rainbow baby's breath, life really is a party!

More Rainbow Inspiration

  • A rainbow grilled cheese sandwich cut in half on a cutting board.
    Rainbow Grilled Cheese Recipe
  • How to make rainbow pop tarts.
    Rainbow Pop Tart Recipe
  • Homemade Rainbow Rice Krispies recipe.
    Rainbow Rice Krispies
  • rainbow Easter table
    Rainbow Easter Table

Frequently Asked Questions

How long does it take?

We saw some change after just a few hours, but for most of our flowers we left them in the dye for about 18 hours.

Can you use gel food coloring for this project?

I used regular liquid food coloring for mine. I haven't tried it with gel food coloring. If you do try it, please let me know in the comments below how well it worked.

Why didn't my baby's breath change color?

The flowers change color as the stems drinks up the colored water. If your flowers are older, they may not drink up the water, and change color as well as fresh baby's breath does.

If you try our tutorial on How To Make Your Own Rainbow Baby's Breath or any other ideas on the blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

How to dye baby's breath and make rainbow baby's breath.

How To Make Rainbow Baby's Breath

5 from 2 votes
Print Pin Rate
Course: DIY & Crafts
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Additional Time: 18 hours hours
Total Time: 18 hours hours 15 minutes minutes
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Equipment

  • scissors or garden clippers or a sharp knife

Materials

  • fresh baby's breath
  • food coloring in blue red, yellow, and green
  • six glasses
  • water

Instructions

  • Begin by mixing about ½ cup of water in each glass. Then add about 1 teaspoon of food coloring in each of the six rainbow colors to create a different color in each glass. To create orange, mix half yellow and half red. To create purple mix half red and half blue.
  • Give each stem of a baby's breath a fresh cut and place in the colored water.
  • If some stems don't absorb the color after a few hours or over night, recut the stem and place it in the colored water again. There's no specific time to leave the flowers. Some of the flowers changed color within a few hours, some need to stay in the colored water overnight.
  • Once the desired color intensity is reached, remove the stem from the colored water and place it in regular clear water, and arrange as desired, or dry them to use as dried flowers. The pigmentation of the flowers will vary depending on how much food coloring you use, and how long you let the flowers stay in the colored water. You can also adjust the color palette by using different shades of dye.

Rainbow Easter Table

Mar 27, 2023 · Leave a Comment

rainbow Easter table

Rainbow Easter Table -use DIY rainbow baby's breath flowers, rainbow candles, rainbow Easter eggs, and rainbow candy on this colourful table.

rainbow Easter table
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

This Easter set a rainbow Easter table to delight your guests. We used DIY rainbow baby's breath as our rainbow flowers, rainbow candles, rainbow Easter eggs, and rainbow candy to make all of our rainbow dreams come true with this beautiful Easter tablescape.

how to set a rainbow table

We started out with a basic white table cloth on the dining table and then it was time for the star of the show, our rainbow Easter centerpieces.

Rainbow Flowers

We started out with rainbow flowers. We used baby's breath and dyed six little bunches each a different rainbow color. This is a really fun DIY that you do with food coloring. Check out this blog post with all the details about exactly how to dye your own rainbow baby's breath. You can also buy rainbow baby's breath already dyed and ready to use.  Another option would be to do bouquets of different flowers in rainbow colors. I really like the baby's breath though, because it's nice and low to the table and looks great with all our other Easter decorations tucked in around it.

DIY rainbow flowers

I arranged each bouquet in a mini mason jar with water, and then laid them out in rainbow order down the centre of the dining table.

DIY rainbow baby's breath

When Easter is over and it's time to put all the Easter table décor away, we can upcycle these pretty flowers by drying them and using them in crafts or as dried flower arrangements in home décor.

Easter Eggs

You couldn't have an Easter table without some Easter eggs. I used some plain craft eggs from the dollar store and painted them in rainbow of colours to go with our table. I used two shades of each color, and did two of each so that we could have one for each side of our Easter table centerpiece. This would be a great way to get family members and kids involved in this table by painting eggs together.

rainbow Easter tablescape

Easter table ideas

Candles

I thought it would be a nice addition to our rainbow table to add some candles. First I shopped my house and found lots of pretty tea light home decor in rainbow colors that I could use on our Easter table. I tried to add a little unity to the candles by using all glass candle holders. There were a few colors I was missing, so I picked up a few at the dollar store to complete our rainbow.

rainbow party tablescape
rainbow party

I also had some small Easter bunny candle holders that were such a fun addition. They were the perfect way to add some Easter bunnies to the table. You could also make your own matching bunny decorations by painting some dollar store bunnies with the same rainbow colors that you used on the Easter eggs to add some bunny ornaments, which is so perfect for Easter.

rainbow table

Rainbow Candy

We also added in some candy, because you can't have Easter without candy! I shopped at the bulk food store, which made it easy to find candies in every color I needed and buy small quantities. This would be another fun element to do with kids, because it was fun hunting for candy by color.

rainbow easter table
rainbow easter tablescape

I bought some wrapped candy, like chocolate eggs, and Hershey kisses that I scattered on the table. I also used some vintage glass egg cups and filled them with with M&Ms and Smarties. Lastly I did a small bowl of assorted candies in each color. I included a mix of jelly beans, jube jubes, and Easter eggs in most of the bowls. Marshmallow peeps would be a great addition too. I had some cute bunny bowls and then mixed in some small ceramic ones in each color of the rainbow.

Rainbow Easter Table
easter table ideas
rainbow candy

This would be a great way to use up some candy from an Easter egg hunt. You might want to have some small bags on hand, so guests can pack up some candy at the end of dinner and take it home with them.

pink rainbow candy ideas

Place Settings

For each of the place settings, I kept things really simple. I used all white plates, and napkins. This gold and white cutlery worked perfectly with the white place settings. And lastly, just a plain straight sided wine glass. We wanted to keep the focus on the beautiful rainbow table centerpieces as our bold pop of color, so we kept the Easter place setting simple and classic.

rainbow easter table

This rainbow Easter table is sure to bring lots of joy to our Easter celebration. I love how it turned out. I think it's the kind of table, with so many small details, that guests will love sitting at and noticing different details all night long. As the light fades into the evening we can light the candles and linger around our rainbow together. I just love how happy and fun this Easter table turned out.

DIY rainbow table

With a Rainbow Easter Table to enjoy, life really is a party.

More Easter Table Inspiration

You might also like our Pastel Easter Table here.

Easter Table Ideas: bunny plates and chairs made from dollar store bunny ears and tails add some whimsy to this pastel & iridescent table.

Also check out our Easter Tablescape with moss and spring flowers here.

Easter Tablescape

You might also enjoy Black and White Easter Table here.

Easy Baileys French Toast Recipe

Mar 13, 2023 · 1 Comment

Bailey's French toast on a plate with maple syrup and Baileys whipped cream.

This easy Baileys French Toast Recipe is the perfect boozy breakfast or brunch. French toast made with Irish cream has great flavor and you'll love it for a special occasion like Christmas, or St. Patrick's Day.

Bailey's French Toast Recipe
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

This Baileys French Toast is the perfect treat for brunch. If you're a fan of Bailey's Irish Cream, then you'll love this recipe. It's especially great as a St. Patrick's Day treat or Christmas morning treat, but it's wonderful for any special occasions, or just to turn your regular weekend breakfast into something special with a decadent French toast.

Why We Love This Recipe

  • French toast is a quick and easy recipe that only takes about 15 minutes to make.
  • This recipe is delicious! Any Irish cream fan will love it.
  • Baileys Irish Cream takes everyday french toast to the next level, and really makes this dish speical.

This is the perfect brunch for a French toast lover. We also love this French Toast Casserole -which is also a Christmas morning favorite. We also adore these Small Batch Pancakes For Two, or these Jelly Donut Pancakes and Honey Cruller Donuts are so good too, and Eggnog Bread Pudding. And it's perfect for celebrating St. Patrick's Day! Check out our St. Patrick's Day Tablescape also.

Baileys French toast with whipped cream, syrup, and a cup of tea.

Ingredients

  • Baileys Irish Cream -Baileys Irish cream is a alcoholic beverage made with cream, condensed milk, cocoa, and Irish whiskey. The baileys adds so much flavor to this recipe that you can skip adding vanilla extract to the french toast.
  • Baileys Whipped Cream -We served ours with some Baileys whipped cream for our boozy brunch. This is a great way to accentuate the Baileys flavor even more. You could also do a regular whipped cream if you prefer. And we've served ours with a drizzle of syrup, for us it has to be pure maple syrup for the best taste.
  • Bread -We're using a thick sliced white bread for this recipe. The best bread for this recipe is a sturdy bread. The thick slices of bread work very well for soaking up the egg mixture without getting too soggy. You could also use something like an egg bread, Italian loaf, French bread, Challah bread, or brioche bread. French toast is traditionally made with stale bread, as a way of using it up. So if you've got some bread that's been around for a couple of days, this is a great way of reviving it, and turning it into a special treat.
Pouring maple syrup over Baileys French toast.

Options

Fresh berries, or sliced bananas are a great accompaniment. You can also add a sprinkle of ground cinnamon if you're a cinnamon lover.

If you're a chocolate lover, this Baileys French toast recipe is great with some shaved chocolate over top, or a drizzle of chocolate syrup, since there's actually cocoa in the Irish cream it pairs very well together. You might even want to serve this with a hot chocolate, or better yet an Irish coffee.

How To Make This Recipe

1. Begin my making the whipped cream. In the bowl of a stand mixer combine ½ cup whipping cream, 2 tablespoon baileys, and 1 teaspoon sugar. Whip until soft peaks form. Set aside.

Making Baileys Irish Cream whipped cream in a stand mixer.
Making Baileys whipped cream in a stand mixer.

2. In another medium bowl, combine 2 eggs, ⅓ of milk or heavy cream, or half and half, and ⅓ cup of Baileys. Whisk together until fully combined. Dip each slice of bread into the baileys mixture until completely coated.

Mixing the ingredients in a bowl for the egg mixture for Baileys french toast.
Making Baileys French toast by dipping bread into egg mixture.

3. Melt the butter in a large skillet over medium heat and cook a couple of minutes per side, until the french toast has a golden brown edge.

Baileys French toast frying in a pan with butter.
Baileys French toast with Baileys whipped cream and syrup.

4. Serve hot with an optional dusting of icing sugar, drizzles of chocolate sauce, maple syrup, fresh fruit, and a generous dollop of baileys whipped cream.

Serving and Storing

This is boozy french toast made with Irish cream liqueur is a perfect brunch dish, with great flavor. If you're making this for a crowd at your next brunch, double or triple the recipe. Cook a few at a time and place the rest on a baking sheet in a single layer covered in foil in a low oven to stay warm until serving.

This is best eaten fresh, but you can store any leftovers in a sealed container in the refrigerator. Re-heat to serve.

Two pieces of Bailey's French toast on a plate with Baileys whipped cream.

Cooks Tip: We like to cook the French toast bread slices in fresh butter, rather than using a cooking spray, because the butter adds great, rich flavor to our this decadent recipe.

Two pieces of Baileys French toast on a plate with Baileys whipped cream, and small piece on a fork.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I serve this dish to kids?

No. As a general rule, alcohol burns off with cooking, but these French toasts cook so quickly that it may not have a chance to. Also, we topped it with Baileys whipped cream, which contains alcohol.

Can I use fresh bread for this recipe?

Yes. The only problem with using fresh bread is that sometimes it might become too soggy when dunked in the egg mixture and fall apart. We recommend using thick sliced bread, which should help with this problem, but if you're using fresh regular sliced bread, just work quickly and carefully and it should be fine.

How do I know when my French toast is done?

It should be browned on the outside, and set on the inside. Make a small cut in the center to make sure the middle is cooked through and not soggy. If your bread is getting too brown on the outside and not cooked in the middle, turn the temperature of the burner down a little.

Two pieces of Baileys French toast on a plate with Baileys whipped cream and syrup.

More Breakfast Recipe Inspiration

  • Valentine breakfast board with heart-shaped waffles, heart-shaped eggs, bacon, sausage, fresh berries, and toppings on marble platter.
    Valentine Breakfast Board
  • Fluffy small batch pancakes for two ready to serve on a plate with syrup.
    Easy Small Batch Pancakes For Two Recipe
  • Old fashioned bear claw pastries with almonds on a cake plate.
    Old Fashioned Almond Bear Claw Pastries Recipe
  • Yogurt and granola breakfast board with yogurt, fresh fruit, and dried fruit.
    Yogurt and Granola Parfait Breakfast Board Ideas

If you tried this Baileys French Toast Recipe or any other recipe on my website, please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

Bailey's French toast on a plate with maple syrup and Baileys whipped cream.

Easy Baileys French Toast Recipe

French toast made with Baileys Irish cream, served with whipped cream and maple syrup.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Breakfast
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 15 minutes minutes
Servings: 4 Slices
Calories: 719kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

For The Whipped Cream

  • ½ cup whipping cream
  • 2 tablespoon Baileys Irish cream
  • 1 teaspoon sugar

For The French Toast

  • 2 eggs
  • ⅓ cup cream or milk
  • ⅓ cup Baileys Irish cream
  • 4 slices bread
  • 1 tablespoon butter
  • ¼ cup maple syrup

Instructions

  • Begin my making the whipped cream. In the bowl of a stand mixer combine ½ cup whipping cream, 2 tablespoon Baileys, and 1 teaspoon sugar. Whip until soft peaks form. Set aside.
  • In another medium bowl, combine 2 eggs, ⅓ of milk or heavy cream, or half and half, and ⅓ cup of Baileys. Whisk together until fully combined. Dip each slice of bread into the baileys mixture until completely coated.
  • Melt the butter in a large skillet over medium heat and cook a couple of minutes per side, until the french toast has a golden brown edge.
  • Serve hot with an optional dusting of icing sugar, drizzles of chocolate sauce, maple syrup, fresh fruit, and a generous dollop of baileys whipped cream.

Video

Notes

Fry the Baileys French toast in a little melted butter for added flavor.
Don't forget to make the Baileys whipped cream for that extra punch of great Baileys taste.
This recipe is not for children as the French toast doesn't cook long enough to remove the alcohol, and the whipped cream also contains Baileys.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 719kcal | Carbohydrates: 48g | Protein: 19g | Fat: 51g | Saturated Fat: 30g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 17g | Trans Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 323mg | Sodium: 506mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 21g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

Rainbow Pop Tart Recipe

Mar 11, 2023 · 2 Comments

How to make rainbow pop tarts.

This Rainbow Pop Tart Recipe uses store bought pie dough and food coloring, making it quick and easy to make. Don't forget the frosting and rainbow sprinkles for this for this fun and delicioius recipe.

How to make rainbow pop tarts.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Rainbow food is so much fun to create and to eat. We love these rainbow grilled cheese, and these rainbow rice krispy treats. So I had to make some rainbow pop tarts. These are great to make with kids and would be really fun addition to your St. Patrick's Day celebrations, for a rainbow or unicorn themed party, or celebrate Pride. Rainbow pop tarts are so fun, you could make them anytime to add a little sunshine to your day.

Rainbow poptart with icing and sprinkles on a cooling rack.

This is a simple recipe full of simple ingredients, that's so much fun to make. Making your homemade pop tarts rainbow, just takes it up a notch! Everything really is better when it's rainbow colored. These are a great idea for celebrating, or just for fun.

Rainbow pop tart on a cooling rack with bowl of rainbow sprinkles.

Kid Friendly Recipe

This is a really kid friendly easy recipe. You know how often recipes say that, and then there's lots of steps that kids can't actually do on their own? This is not the case with our homemade pop tarts recipe. They can mix in the food coloring, cut the rectangles, spread the jam, fork the edges, make the icing, add the sprinkles -they can do it all.

Ingredients

  • Pre-made Dough

We used store bought pie crust for our pop tarts, making this recipe really easy to put together. You could, of course make your own pie dough from scratch, just use your favourite pie dough recipe if you're so inclined.

I was a little worried about using pre-made pastry for this recipe. Typically with pie dough, you don't want to over work it, because it can become tough. I was worried that working in the food coloring was going to make for a very tough and unappealing dough. In fact, I nearly quit on the first color thinking this was going to be a fail. I'm so glad I continued because they turned out to be delicious.

I'm not sure if it's the fact that store-bought pop tarts don't exactly have a pie crust consistency to them anyway, but these one's tasted so good, even with working the dough to add in the food coloring. It just works, so don't worry about the over work problem to create the rainbow effect.  You can even use your stand mixer to mix in the dough, which is easier than working it with your hands.

  • Jam Options

You can make your pop tart filling with any sort of jam you like, using homemade jam or a store-bought version for whatever tart flavors you like. The traditional flavor would be a strawberry filling. Use strawberry preserves or sweet homemade strawberry jam. We prefer raspberry so we used raspberry jam for ours because it's a favorite. The best part of making homemade, is that you can change up the ingredients to whatever your favorite is .

rainbow pop tarts

How To Make This Recipe

1. Divide the two pie crusts into 6 equal balls.

2. Use food coloring to dye each ball of dough a different color of the rainbow. Start with red, and add 3-5 drops of food coloring to the middle of the ball and then use your hands to work the color though the the dough until it's distributed evenly. You may want to wear gloves to protect your hands from the food coloring, or mix the dough in your stand mixer, or food processor. Mix each color individually until they're all done. Add more or less food coloring to create lighter or more vibrant colors, whichever you prefer. You can use the primary colors to create a new color. To make orange add red and yellow. To make purple, mix red and blue together.

Cutting a store bought pie pastry crust into pieces to make a rainbow pop tart.
Making rainbow pastry for rainbow pop tarts.

3. Prepare a lightly floured surface and break each colored dough ball in half. Arrange the balls of colored dough so that there's a good mix. Flatten them together first with your hands, and then use a rolling pin to roll them out into a large sheet, about ¼ inch thick.

Making rainbow pie pastry and rolling it out.
Cutting out poptarts from rainbow pastry to make rainbow poptarts.

4. Traditional pop tarts are 3 x 5 inches. Cut a 3 x 5 inch rectangle template from the pie crust box, or use a ruler and a knife or pizza cutter to cut out 6 rectangles.

5. Place 3 rectangles onto a prepared baking sheet sprayed with non-stick cooking spray, or lined with parchment paper.

6. Add about 1 tablespoon of jam to each rectangle, leaving about ½ inch around the edge with no jam. You can use any kind of jam you like for the filling.

Making a rainbow pop tart adding jam to the pastry, on a baking sheet.
Unbaked rainbow poptarts on a baking tray.

7. Next, place another rectangle on top. Use a fork to go around and seal the edges so that none of the jam escapes. Bake the pop tarts at 350 degrees for about 10 minutes, until the edges are just turning golden brown. Let the pop tarts cool on a wire rack.

Rainbow pop tarts on a cooling rack with a bowl of icing and rainbow sprinkles.

8. While they're cooling make your simple icing. Place the powdered sugar, milk and a splash of vanilla in a small bowl and stir to fully combine. When the pop tarts are fully cool, spread the icing on top of each one, and while the icing is wet, sprinkle with colorful sprinkles. Store in an airtight container at room temperature.

Homemade rainbow pop tarts with rainbow sprinkles in the background.

Storage

Store any leftover rainbow poptarts in a sealed container at room temperature.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I use homemade pie pastry in the recipe instead?

Yes! If you prefer homemade pie pastry you can absolutely make your own. You can add the food coloring with the wet ingredients as you make the dough, or work it in afterwards like we did.

How big are pop tarts?

Pop tarts are 3 x 5 inches.

Can I try different kinds of jam inside?

Yes, choose your favourite. We love raspberry, or traditional strawberry jam inside best.

More Tarts and Pastries

  • Easy food processor scones on a plate with jam.
    Easy Food Processor Scones
  • Old fashioned bear claw pastries with almonds on a cake plate.
    Old Fashioned Almond Bear Claw Pastries Recipe
  • Browned butter raspberry tart recipe.
    Brown Butter Raspberry Tarts
  • Butter tarts with raisins recipe.
    Classic Butter Tarts with Raisins Recipe

If you tried this Rainbow Pop Tarts Recipe or any other recipe on my blog please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

How to make rainbow pop tarts.

Rainbow Pop Tart Recipe

Rainbow Pop Tarts made with store bought pastry and food colouring to make the colours of the rainbow.
5 from 2 votes
Print Pin Rate
Course: Breakfast, Desserts
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 20 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 30 minutes minutes
Servings: 3
Calories: 871kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

  • 2 deep dish pie crusts
  • 3-5 drops food coloring -red, orange, yellow, green, blue, purple
  • 3 tablespoon jam
  • ¼ cup powdered sugar
  • 1 tablespoon milk or heavy cream
  • splash vanilla extract
  • 2 teaspoon rainbow sprinkles

Instructions

  • Divide the two pie crusts into 6 equal balls.
  • Use food coloring to dye each ball of dough a different color of the rainbow. Start with red, and add 3-5 drops of food coloring to the middle of the ball and then use your hands to work the color though the the dough until it's distributed evenly. You may want to wear gloves to protect your hands from the food coloring, or mix the dough in your stand mixer, or food processor. Mix each color individually until they're all done. Add more or less food coloring to create lighter or more vibrant colors, whichever you prefer. You can use the primary colors to create a new color. To make orange add red and yellow. To make purple, mix red and blue together.
  • Prepare a lightly floured surface and break each colored dough ball in half. Arrange the balls of colored dough so that there's a good mix. Flatten them together first with your hands, and then use a rolling pin to roll them out into a large sheet, about ¼ inch thick.
  • Traditional pop tarts are 3 x 5 inches. Cut a 3 x 5 inch rectangle template from the pie crust box, or use a ruler and a knife or pizza cutter to cut out 6 rectangles.
  • Place 3 rectangles onto a prepared baking sheet sprayed with non-stick cooking spray, or lined with parchment paper.
  • Add about 1 tablespoon of jam to each rectangle, leaving about ½ inch around the edge with no jam. You can use any kind of jam you like for the filling.
  • Next, place another rectangle on top. Use a fork to go around and seal the edges so that none of the jam escapes. Bake the pop tarts at 350 degrees for about 10 minutes, until the edges are just turning golden brown. Let the pop tarts cool on a wire rack.
  • While they're cooling make your simple icing. Place the powdered sugar, milk and a splash of vanilla in a small bowl and stir to fully combine. When the pop tarts are fully cool, spread the icing on top of each one, and while the icing is wet, sprinkle with colorful sprinkles. Store in an airtight container at room temperature.

Video

Notes

Let your pop tarts fully cool before adding the icing.  Be sure to add the sprinkles while the icing is still wet before it sets so that they will stick.
Store any leftover pop tarts in an airtight container at room temperature.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 871kcal | Carbohydrates: 101g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 47g | Saturated Fat: 14g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 29g | Cholesterol: 12mg | Sodium: 542mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 24g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!
Homemade rainbow pop tarts with rainbow sprinkles on a cooling rack.

St. Patrick's Day Free Printables

Mar 8, 2023 · Leave a Comment

St. Patrick's Day free printables set.

These St. Patrick's Day Free Printables are perfect to use as decor and party decorations, in a St. Patrick's Day craft project, or in your classroom. The set incudes cupcake picks, banner, art, small cards, and pennant flags.

St. Patrick's Day free printables set.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]
St. Patrick's Day Free Printables set.

These free St. Patrick's Day printables are sure to add some fun to your festivities this year while celebrating your favorite Irish holiday. They're a great way to make the day extra special with some decorations for fun holiday activities. These St Patricks Day printables are great for any parties or celebrations you're planning, but also great free St. Patrick's day decoration ideas for around the house too. The adorable images and iconic symbols of the holiday will be loved by kids of all ages.

Also be sure to check out St. Patrick's Day Tablescape for more inspiration.

Video

Printing Your St. Patrick's Day Printables

Print these St. Patricks Day printables on your home computer. Or, if you don't have a home color printer, just download the pdf file and send to your nearest office supply store, or print shop, or even print at your local library.

Get The Printables Here

Our printables are free to subscribers.  Subscribe below for instant access.

Lucky Banner

Print the Lucky banner and use for your St. Patrick's Day party, as home decor, or in your classroom.

Print on cardstock for the best results and use a paper trimmer to cut them out into the pennant shape. Add holes in the corners with a hole punch,  Next string the banner together with green string or with ribbon, so that it spells Lucky, with one image on one ned and two images on the other.

Free Printable St. Patrick's Day "Lucky" Banner and garland.

"You're My Lucky Charm" Art

Print the "You're my Lucky Charm" art in the large or small art piece size and add it to a frame as cute home decor.  It also makes a really beautiful piece to use as a party decoration.  

Look for inexpensive frames at the dollar store, or at thrift stores.

St. Patrick's Day free art printable art, pennant flags and cards.

Circles -Cupcake Picks, Gift Tags, or Table Scatter

Print the circles on card stock, and use a large 1 inch circle punch or regular scissors to cut them out.

Use them in lots of different ways. To create cupcake picks, hot glue a tooth pick on the back. These look so cute inserted in a cupcake for a special St. Patrick's Day treat.  Make them double sided by gluing another circle on the back. 

You can also use these small circles as gift tags, just punch a small hole in the top and use ribbon to attach to a gift or favor bag, writing a message or name on the back.

You can also use as table scatter mixed with rainbow confetti or green confetti or gold coins for your St. Patrick's Day table or as party decor for a St. Patrick's Day celebration. The smiling pots of gold are a favorite.

You can also make a small banner from these circles by taping the backs to some string, or punching two small holes in the top of each circle and stringing them into a banner to use as party decor.  These would also be fun to use in St. Patrick's Day crafts, or to make into stickers by printing on sticker paper.

Free St. Patricks Day printable cupcake picks small circles.

Cards

Use the square cards in our St. Patrick's day printables pack as gift tags, little notes, or decorations.

How fun would it be to use these on St Patrick's day as lunch box notes for younger kids? Such a sweet surprise from mom or dad at snack time with a little message written on the back!

Four St. Patrick's Day free printable small cards.

Pennant Flags

These flags are the perfect way to wish someone a happy saint Patrick's day.

To make them, choose your size and print them on card stock. Cut them out, and then fold the back flap over. Use hot glue to attach the flag to a wood dowel, paper straw, or wood skewer. Feel free to glue on some glitter to the front to add a little extra special glitz. Lastly, tie some leprechaun color ribbons, or rainbow colour ribbons to the handle.

Some fun ideas are to use these as cute decor, or to decorate for a party. Include them in your St. Patrick's Day photo booth as props too.

Two free printable pennant flags for St. Patrick's Day decorated with ribbons.

More Ideas For Using St. Patrick's Day Free Printables

There's a variety of fun ways you can use our fun St. Patrick's Day printables for fun activities and easy craft ideas. Feel free to use the printables as part of a St. Patrick's Day rainbow crafts or a leprechaun trap. Use the small circles to decorate craft projects, or glue them onto your leprechaun trap. Use the flags as a fun craft with little kids. They can use regular glue to attach the wooden dowel, and then choose ribbons to decorate them.

Free printable St Patricks Day party decorations.

Make the cupcake picks from the circles and add them to a sensory bin or playdough mats as a fun way to celebrate St. Patty's Day with your little leprechaun.

St Paddy's free printable decorations for a party or home decor.

Another fun idea is to use the small cards to create your own scavenger hunts. Use them to write your own scavenger hunt clues on the back. This would be such a fun activity to do with older kids as part of your St. Patrick's Day celebration at home, or as part of your fun games for a party. Use the Lucky banner over a pot of gold at the end of the hunt.

Free printable St. Patty's Day party decorations.

Print out two sheet of the circles, cut them out, and then use them as an easy matching activity. This would be a really fun and easy St Patrick's Day activity for a classroom with elementary students ore as part of your family St. Patrick's Day activities.

Kids St. Patrick's Day free printable set.

We love how these adorable St. Patricks Printables turned out.  They have so many fun uses.  Good luck with all your St. Patrick's' Day festivities, weather you're celebrating with family, putting together a party, creating kids activities, making St. Patrick's Day crafts, or creating educational activities. With these free St Patrick's Day printables to enjoy, life really is a party!

These printables are for personal use only.

Frequently Asked Questions

What if I don't have a color printer?

You can get these printed at a business supply store. Or use the color printer at your local library.

Can I use these in items I sell?

No these printables are for personal use only.

What if I don't have a circle punch?

You can also use regular scissors to cut out the cirlces.

More St. Patrick's Day Inspiration

  • Soft, fluffy homemade rainbow marshmallows with beautiful pastel layers.
    Rainbow Marshmallows
  • Bailey's French toast on a plate with maple syrup and Baileys whipped cream.
    Easy Baileys French Toast Recipe
  • St. Patrick's Day free printables set.
    St. Patrick's Day Free Printables
  • St. Patrick's Day tablescape with vintage Irish figurines, shamrock plants, green glassware, and vintage postcards on rustic table with linen runner.
    St. Patrick's Day Table

If you use these St. Patrick's Day Free Printables or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Rainbow Rice Krispies

Mar 4, 2023 · 1 Comment

Homemade Rainbow Rice Krispies recipe.

These Rainbow Rice Krispies in a rainbow arch in every color of the rainbow are the cutest! Using the standard, easy rice krispie treat recipe and some food coloring, you just need to form, slice, and enjoy.

Homemade Rainbow Rice Krispies recipe.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love This Recipe

  • Just like regular rice Krispie treats, this recipe is easy to make, and no-bake.
  • We love the soft pasel rainbow colors, but you can make them brighter just by adding more food coloring.
  • These are great to make with kids.
  • They taste so good!
  • They're perfect for a rainbow special occasion.

These rainbow cookies are perfect for celebrating. Make them for a St. Patrick's Day celebration, your next rainbow birthday party, art or unicorn themed party, or just for anytime. Or make these rainbow Rice Krispies to celebrate the first day of spring.

We love rainbow food, like our rainbow poptarts, or our rainbow grilled cheese sandwiches.

These rainbow Rice Krispies are really easy to make, there's just quite a few steps involved. I think they're worth the effort, because they're really so cute. This fun treat is sure to impress friends and family. And what could be yummier than a good old rice krispie square?

Rainbow Rice Krispies treats on a marble counter.

Ingredients

  • Marshmallows -You can use regular large marshmallows or mini marshmallows in this recipe. Do make sure they're fresh, because they melt more easily.
  • Food Coloring -We used inexpensive liquid food coloring from the grocery store in this recipe. These produced the soft pastel colors that we loved. If you want a more vibrant rainbow, you can use more intense gel food coloring.

Substitutions

Not a fan of food coloring? Look for natural food dyes in the health food section of the grocery store.

How To Make This Recipe

Rather than putting these colorful treats into a baking pan and making squares out of them, we form them into the perfect rainbow arches.

We started with a long purple tube like piece that was our center, and then built out each color, arch, by arch. It's pretty easy to shape.

Tip: The rice krispies are super sticky when they're warm, and you need to work with them while they're warm so that they're nice and pliable. To fix this problem you can coat your hands with a little butter, or spray with non-stick cooking spray.

Do be careful if you're baking with kids for this step. Make sure they're not too hot for little hands.

1. Make each of the colors of the rainbow separately and add them layer by layer until you've built the whole rainbow. The layers use different amounts of ingredients, since we want our arches to be even, so need a smaller amount of rice Krispies treats for the center, and more as we move outward. Be sure to follow the amounts of ingredients for each specific layer in the recipe card below.

Start by creating the purple layer of the rainbow as the first layer.

Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pan over medium heat, until all the marshmallows and butter are melted. Remove from the heat and add the purple food colouring and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies, and combine fully.

Melted marshmallows and butter for making rainbow rice Krispie treats.
Making purple rice Krispies with red and blue food coloring.

While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of wax paper or parchment paper, and form it into a long tube like shape, about 14 inches long. Use a spatula to shape it while it's warm, and then your hands once it's cool enough to handle. Coat your hands with butter, or spray them with nonstick cooking spray to avoid them sticking to the rice krispie treats.

Forming rainbow rice krispie treats, starting with the purple.

2. Next create the blue layer of the rainbow with your second batch. Combine butter and marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add the food coloring into the marshmallow mixture and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies.

While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto another piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the purple layer and use your hands to shape it into an even layer and form the blue arch.

Making the blue layer of rainbow Rice Krispie treats.
Making rainbow rice krispie treats adding the blue layer.

3. Next create the green layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring to the melted marshmallows and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies.

While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the blue layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the green arch.

Adding the green layer of rainbow rice krispie treats.
Making rainbow Rice Krispie treats, adding the orange layer.

4. Next create the yellow layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies.

While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that is about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the green layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the yellow arch.

5. Next create the orange layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies.

While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the yellow layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the orange arch.

6. Lastly create the red layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium-low heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring to the melted marshmallow mixture and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispie cereal.

While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the orange layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the red arch.

Making the red layer of rainbow Rice Krispie treats.
Slicing rainbow rice krispie treats.

7. Let the colorful rainbow rice krispie treats set and then cut into slices ½ - ¾ inch thick. Optional: add some gold sprinkles to one side as some gold at the end of the rainbow. Be sure to add them right after you cut the slices, so that it's sticky enough for the sprinkles to stick. Or dip one end in some melted chocolate or candy melts and then sprinkle with gold sprinkles.

Rainbow Rice Krispie treat cookies.

Storage

Store these at room temperature, in an airtight container, or wrapped with plastic wrap.

Rainbow Rice Krispies Party Favors

These rainbow treats are a great addition to party. They would be a really fun idea to use as a party favor, just package them up individually in a cello bag and tie with some rainbow ribbon for gift giving.

These rainbow cookies are a crowd pleaser. And once you make your cereal treats rainbowed shaped, you might never want to go back to make them into a boring square shape in a baking dish again.

More Recipe Inspiration

  • A rainbow grilled cheese sandwich cut in half on a cutting board.
    Rainbow Grilled Cheese Recipe
  • How to make rainbow pop tarts.
    Rainbow Pop Tart Recipe
  • Ice cream charcuterie dessert board in the shape of an ice cream cone.
    Easy Ice Cream Sundae Charcuterie Dessert Board
  • Dirt Pudding no cream cheese in glasses with candy rocks, and fresh mint that looks like a little plant.
    Easy Dirt Pudding Recipe without Cream Cheese

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I just make one big batch and divide it up instead of making six small batches?

No, because you need the rice Krispies mixture to be warm to form the arches, so you will want to make a new small batch for each color. Otherwise by the time you divide the batch into six, add food coloring, and form each arch it will be cooled off and set and too hard to work with.

Can I make these rainbow rice Krispie treats in a baking pan?

Yes, if you want regular squares that have rainbow layers, just add them to an 8 x 8 baking pan sprayed with cooking spray. You might want to even up the amounts though, so that each layer is the same size.

How do I make the colors of my rainbow rice Krispie treats brighter?

If you want bolder more vibrant colors, try using gel food color and adding more until you're happy with the color.

Rainbow rice krispie treat cookies on a table.

With these amazing rainbow Rice Krispie treats, life really is a party!

If you tried this Rainbow Rice Krispies Recipe or any other recipe on my blog please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

Homemade Rainbow Rice Krispies recipe.

Rainbow Rice Krispie Treats

Rice Krispies made in the colors of the rainbow with food colouring and shaped into a rainbow arch.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Desserts
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 12 minutes minutes
Additional Time: 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 32 minutes minutes
Servings: 20 cookies
Calories: 150kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

Total For Entire Recipe:

  • 7 ½ cups rice krispies
  • 4 ½ tablespoon butter
  • 400 g bag of regular marshmallows
  • food coloring
  • optional: gold sprinkles and white chocolate

Purple Layer

  • ½ tbsp butter
  • 8 large marshmallows or 1 cup mini marshmallows
  • 1 cup rice krispies
  • purple food coloring or red and blue food coloring

Blue Layer

  • ½ tablespoon butter
  • 8 large marshmallows or 1 cup mini marshmallows
  • 1 cup rice krispies
  • blue food coloring

Green Layer

  • ¾ tablespoon butter
  • 10 large marshmallows or 1 ¼ cup mini marshmallows
  • 1 ⅓ cup rice krispies
  • green food coloring

Yellow Layer

  • ¾ tablespoon butter
  • 10 large marshmallows or 1 ¼ cup mini marshmallows
  • 1 ⅓ cup rice krispies
  • yellow food coloring

Orange Layer

  • 1 tablespoon butter
  • 12 large marshmallows or 1 ⅔ cup mini marshmallows
  • 1 ½ cup rice krispies
  • orange food coloring or red and yellow food coloring

Red Layer

  • 1 tablespoon butter
  • 12 large marshmallows or 1 ⅔ cup mini marshmallows
  • 1 ½ cup rice krispies
  • red food coloring

Instructions

  • Purple Layer
    Start by creating the purple layer of the rainbow as the first layer. Combine ½ tablespoon butter with 8 large marshmallows, or 1 cup of mini marshmallows. Heat in a small pan over medium heat, until all the marshmallows and butter are melted. Remove from the heat and add purple food colouring (two drops of red and two drops of blue) and stir to fully combine. Then stir in 1 cup of rice krispies. While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of wax paper or parchment paper, and form it into a long tube like shape, about 14 inches long. Use a spatula to shape it while it's warm, and then your hands once it's cool enough to handle. Coat your hands with butter, or spray them with nonstick cooking spray to avoid them sticking to the rice krispie treats.
  • Blue Layer
    Next create the blue layer of the rainbow with your second batch. Combine butter and marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add the food coloring into the gooey marshmallows mixture and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies. While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto another piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the purple layer and use your hands to shape it into an even layer and form the blue arch.
  • Green Layer
    Next create the green layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring to the melted marshmallows and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies. While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the blue layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the green arch.
  • Yellow Layer
    Next create the yellow layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies. While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that is about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the green layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the yellow arch.
  • Orange Layer
    Next create the yellow layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispies. While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the yellow layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the orange arch.
  • Red Layer
    Lastly, create the red layer of the rainbow. Combine the butter with the marshmallows. Heat in a small pot over medium-low heat, until all the marshmallows are melted. Remove from the heat and add food colouring to the melted marshmallow mixture and stir to fully combine. Then stir in the rice krispie cereal. While it's still warm, turn the mixture out onto a piece of parchment paper sprayed with cooking spray, and form it into a rectangle shape that's about 14 inches long -the same length as the purple centerpiece. Flip it onto the orange layer and use your hands to shape it evenly and form the red arch.
  • Let the colorful rainbow rice krispie treats set and then cut into slices ½ - ¾ inch thick. Optional: add some gold sprinkles to one side as some gold at the end of the rainbow. Be sure to add them right after you cut the slices, so that it's sticky enough for the sprinkles to stick. Or dip one end in some melted chocolate or candy melts and then sprinkle with gold sprinkles.

Video

Notes

When working with rice Krispie mixture to form it, be sure to spray your hands with butter or non-stick cooking spray so that they don't stick to the mixture.
If you are making this recipe with kids, be sure that the mixture is not too hot for little hands, or let an adult do this step.
Store these at room temperature, in an airtight container, or wrapped with plastic wrap

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 150kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 8mg | Sodium: 95mg | Sugar: 15g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

The Beginner's Guide to Cricut Mat Sizes and Types

Mar 3, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Cricut mat sizes, and types and when to use each one.

The Beginner's Guide To Cricut Mat Sizes and Types: learn exactly which cutting mat to use for which project, with free printable guide.

Cricut mat sizes, and types and when to use each one.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

When you first get a Cricut machine it feels like there is a lot to learn, and it can be very confusing. Today we're going to take a deep dive into Cricut mats. We talk about what they are and how to you use them, and then get into how you know what Cricut mat sizes to choose, and what colour mat you need which depends on the material your cutting. It can feel a little complicated at first, but I promise that by the end you'll know exactly what mats to buy and when to use them for all your Cricut projects.

What Is A Cutting Mat?

First things first, what are Cricut cutting mats, and why do I need one? A cutting mat is what you use to hold your material while the cutting machine is cutting it. They are sticky to hold your material as the blade passes through it. If your mat isn't sticky enough (they lose their stick with use) then your material may slide out of place and be ruined during the cutting process. Check out this post on The Best Way To Clean A Cricut Cutting Mat.

The different mats come in different colours. Each colour is a different level of tack or stickiness designed to hold different materials.

Cricut mats are covered in a 1 inch grid to make lining things up and measuring easier. If you're having trouble picturing a finished project size, use the grip mat like a ruler to figure your finished project size. There is also centimetre metric measurements along 2 sides.

Mats have a top and bottom, the top is the edge with the hole for hanging at the top. You can feed either the top or bottom into your Cricut machine. Varying which end you feed into your machine will help your cutting mat wear more evenly. You can not feed the sides of the mat into the Cricut machine first.

Do I Always Need A Mat?

No you don't always need a cutting mat. If you have a Cricut Maker 3, a Cricut Explorer 3, or a Cricut Joy machine then you can use smart materials without a mat. Keep in mind though that this only works for what Cricut labels smart material, and even with these newer machines many materials still require a mat to cut them. Chances are that even with a new machine you will still need to use a mat sometimes.

Cutting out vinyl on a Cricut joy machine.

Cricut Cutting Mat Colours and Types

In the Cricut world, cutting mats come in different colours and the colours correspond to different types of cricut mats. The different types of mats have different grip strengths. One of the most common questions is which mat do I use?

The Cricut can cut such a wide variety of materials. For each new project, you will have to choose which cutting mat is best for the material you using.

which cricut cutting mat to use

Blue -Lightgrip Mat

The blue mat is the light grip mat and is designed to be used for lighter materials. You would choose this blue lightgrip mat to cut more delicate materials, and lightweight materials.

You would use this mat to cut out:

  • scrapbook paper
  • light cardstock
  • regular office copy paper or printer paper
  • vellum
  • construction paper
  • wrapping paper

Green -The Standardgrip Mat

The green mat is the standard grip mat and is the mat you will probably use 90% of the time to cut the most common materials. This mat is the most of the multi-purpose mats, and standard mats can be used with a wide range of medium-weight materials.

Custom  stickers are being cut out on a Cricut machine.

You would use the Standard Grip mat for cutting:

  • cardstock
  • permanent or removable vinyl
  • Iron-on (HTV -heat transfer vinyl) vinyl
  • sticker paper
  • infusible ink

Purple -StrongGrip Mat

This purple mat is the strong grip mat, and used for heavier material that requires a stronger, sticky-er mat to hold them. At times this mat is used with the addition of painters tape around the outside of the thicker material, for even greater hold. The purple stronggrip mat is necessary for heavyweight materials.

how to use cricut cutting mats
  • heavy cardstock
  • glitter cardstock
  • balsa wood, or basswood
  • chipboard
  • poster board
  • leather
  • cork
  • magnet sheets

Pink -The Fabricgrip Mat

The pink mat is the fabric mat, and designed to hold fabric. This fabric grip mat is used with bonded fabric for the Explore machine , or with the rotary blade for the Cricut Maker machines.

  • fabric
  • felt
  • crepe paper

Free Cricut Mat Cheat Sheet Here

We have a free cheat sheet that you can print and refer to anytime you need to see what materials you can cut with which Cricut cutting mat. Never get confused about the different grips again. It's available for free to any of our subscribers. Subscribe below for instant access.

Cricut cutting mat cheat sheet

What If I Don't Choose The Correct Mat?

Since Cricut cutting mats come in different grip strengthsIf you use a mat that is not sticky enough to hold your material, it may slide during the process and ruin the cut.

If you choose a type of mat that is too sticky, it may be difficult to remove your material resulting it rolling and curling or ripping.

Cricut Cutting Mat Sizes

Cricut cutting mats come in a variety of sizes and are available at the craft store. The different sizes are useful for cutting out different size projects. The material size will help you choose the cutting mat size.

Cricut cutting mat guide

Explore and Maker Series Cutting Mats

12 x 12 Mat with 11.5 x 11.5 Cutting Space

The standard cutting mat size for all of the Explore and Maker series Cricut machines is 12 x 12. You will definitely need this size of mat in your collection. You can buy the lightgrip, standardgrip, stronggrip, and fabricgrip mats in this size. A lot of the materials, like scrapbook paper, cardstock, and vinyl are sold in 12 x 12 sheets.

The mat size is slightly larger than the cutting area. Cricut Design Space requires a ½ inch margin to ensure that the edge of a projects isn't cut off.

Applying a sheet of card stock onto a green Cricut cutting mat.

12 x 24 Mat with 11.5 x 23.5 Cutting Space

If you are making larger projects, you can also get a 12 x 24 size mat. This is excellent for big projects like larger signs. It allows you to make larger projects, without having to split a design up into smaller pieces.

There is also something called Larger Than Mat projects, these are often things like a large character cutout that you might use as party decor. These projects are larger than even the largest mats and are typically carefully divided into pieces that are then glued together. The over size 12 x 24 mat is very helpful for these projects.

Cricut Card Mat 2 x 2

This new Cricut mat is based on the popularity of the Joy card mat. It allows all Explore and Maker machine users to cut out up to 4 folded greeting cards at a time, and is compatible with all of Cricuts insert and cutaway cards.

Cricut Joy Cutting Mats

4.5 x 6.5 Mat with 4 x 6 Cutting Area

This is the regular sized mat for the Cricut Joy, that you will use most often.

4.5 x 12 Mat with 4.5 x 11 Cutting Area

This is the longer mat for the Cricut Joy, that will allow you to cut longer projects on your Joy.

Cricut Joy Card Mat

This mat is specially design to be used for card making. It is compatible with all of Cricuts insert and cutaway cards.

Circut Joy with carring case and cutting mat.

How Many Cutting Mats Do I Need?

This depends on what materials you are cutting on your Cricut machine. You will definitely need green standardbrip mats. I recommend having at least two of them, so that if you are cutting out a large project you can be loading one into the machine, and unloading the first one during the second cut time. This will help cut down the cutting time of larger projects.

You may want to buy the rest of the mats as you need them. It of course handy to have at least one of each colour, and perhaps the oversized version of the green mat. You may also want to have a new spare one on hand for each colour also. There's nothing more frustrating than getting already to cut out a new project and discovering you can't make it because your old mat is worn out and not sticky enough.

Mat Care

How do you care for your Cricut cutting mat?

The first step to maintain a sticky mat is to be sure to clean off any leftover paper, or debris after cutting. Use the scraper tool with a little bit of pressure or use tweezers to remove anything from the machine mat. Some people like to use a lint roller to remove debris from their cutting mat, especially after cutting fabric.

The second step, and one of the easiest ways to keep your mat sticky is to always replace the transparent cover to any cutting mat after you're finished using it, and to store it with this protective cover in place. This will greatly increase the life of your mat.

Another tip is to rotate the mat and use the bottom as the top sometimes. Often the top of the mat, in the left corner is the first area on a mat to lose its stick, because it's the most used. When cutting smaller materials you can place your material in another less used area, and move the object on the cut preview screen.

What If My Cutting Mat Isn't Sticky?

If you're cutting mat has lost its stickiness you can clean your Cricut mat. Read all about how to use baby wipes, or mild dish soap to to clean a cutting mat that isn't sticky anymore here.

How to clean a Cricut cutting mat with Dawn and baby wipes.

Cricut mats don't last forever. You can expect to get around 40-50 cuts out of your mat before having to replace it. Watch for sales, or multi packs to help save on the cost of replacing them.

TroubleShooting

If you're material is sliding around during the cut and moving on the cutting mat then it may be time for a new mat. If you don't get a clean cut, your mat may have lost its stickiness. You can try cleaning it to restore some of the stick -see how to clean your Cricut mat here or you may have chosen the wrong tack level for your material. Use our free cheat sheet to help you decide on the right mat.

Storing Cricut Mats

The main thing to remember is to always store your Cricut cutting mats with the transparent cover on them. This will protect your mat from dust and debris and extend it's life. You will also want to ensure that the mat is somewhere where it can lay, stand, or hang flat and that it doesn't become bent.

All the Cricut cutting mats come with a small hole in the top, that's handy for storing them. If you're lucky enough to have a craft room, lots of crafters like to store their mats hanging on the wall with a simple hooks. You can also use this method inside a craft closet or on the back of a door with a removable command hook.

I store my regular size mats on my bookcase, standing vertically. This means I can find them easily, and they're always close at hand for using. It's easy to find any different colour I need.

For the extra long 12 x 24 inch mats, I saved the original shipping box that they came in to help protect them from bending and have it tucked in the side of my craft closet. Since these ones are so large, under a bed or couch might be a good spot too.

Cricut cutting mat basics

You now know everything you need to all about Cricut mat sizes and types.  Happy Cricut crafting!

More Helpful Cricut Information

You might also like our post on How to Make Earrings with a Cricut here.

Cricut leather earrings

Also check out How To Sharpen A Cricut Blade here.

how to sharpen a Cricut blade

You might also enjoy How To Cut Vinyl on a Cricut here.

How To Cut Vinyl On Your Cricut -Step By Step Guide For Beginners, including prepping design, cutting, and transferring.

Peanut Butter Thumbprint Cookies

Jan 25, 2023 · 1 Comment

Peanut butter and jam thumbprint cookies on a cooling rack with a jar of jam.

Peanut Butter Thumbprint Cookies are the perfect combination of peanut butter and jam. We've made them with heart shaped thumbprint centres so they're perfect for sharing the love. We've even included a free printable Valentine for gift giving -but these cookies are so good you'll want to enjoy them year round.

Peanut butter and jam thumbprint cookies on a cooling rack with a jar of jam.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love This Recipe

  • Peanut butter cookies... enough said.
  • Nothing goes with peanut butter like jam -the perfect combo.
  • The heart shaped thumbprints are so cute!
  • They're easy to make-no rolling out, no cookie cutters, one bowl, and simple ingredients.
  • They're perfect for giving to your Valentine and we even included some free printable Valentine's to match.

We go together like peanut butter and jam! For Valentine's Day I thought it would be fun to combine two of my favorites, peanut butter and jam, for the perfect cookie. We made these peanut butter thumbprint cookies extra cute with a heart shaped thumbprint filled with our favourite jam.

These are so sweet for celebrating Valentine's Day or love any time of year with the heart shaped center. You might also like our Valentine Breakfast Board here.

Heart shaped peanut butter thumbprint cookies with jam in the middle.

Ingredients

  • Jam or Jelly

Depending where you're from you might prefer peanut butter and jam or peanut butter and jelly. We used raspberry jam to make our cookies. You can use any flavor jam or jelly that you like.

Other classic jams or jellies that go well with peanut butter are strawberry or grape.

If you prefer to avoid the tiny seeds that are often in jam, feel free to use seedless jam or jelly, whichever you prefer.

  • Crunchy or Smooth Peanut Butter

If you prefer crunchy peanut butter in general you can use it here as well, and it will give the cookies a crunchy texture.

We used regular peanut butter that is smooth.

Filling peanut butter thumbprint cookies with raspberry jam.

PB and J Valentine Cards Free Printables

I thought these would be fun to make these for Valentine's Day and designed a few free printable Valentine cards that you can use for giving these to someone special.

Subscribe below for instant access to our Free Resource Library where you can download the free printable and print on your home computer or local office supply store.

Where I come from we usually say peanut butter and jam, but I know others usually say peanut butter and jelly so I've made Valentines in both versions and you can choose whichever version you prefer.

Peanut butter thumbprint cookies in cello bags with free printable Valentine cards.

More Options

  • Peanut Butter and Jam Sandwich Cookies

Another option is to make easy peanut butter cookies with this same recipe, and not add the heart thumbprint, but instead to do the traditional crisscross design made with a fork pushed into center in one direction, then again in the opposite way.

These are perfect cookies if you want regular peanut butter cookies. This peanut butter cookie recipe is sure to become your new go to.

Another option though to create a different kind of peanut butter and jam cookie is to use two regular style peanut butter cookies and turn them into sandwich cookies by adding jam between two and sandwiching them together.

This option is a slightly less fiddly option, with all the same great taste.

  • Chocolate Thumbprint Cookies

You could make these into peanut butter chocolate thumbprint cookies by replacing the jam or jelly with chocolate ganache.

To make a chocolate filling, heat heavy whipping cream and then stir in chocolate. The chocolate will melt and you can add the filling to the centre of the cookie to create chocolate peanut butter thumbprint cookies.

  • Chocolate Blossom

You could make these into traditional chocolate peanut butter blossom cookies, and instead of creating the thumbprint before baking, leave them round and as soon as they come out of the oven, push a Hershey kiss into the center. Or one more option, make the peanut butter cookies and add in some chocolate chips for the chocolate lover.

Instructions

1. To make the peanut butter cookie dough, add the butter, creamy peanut butter, white sugar, and brown sugar to a large mixing bowl and use a hand mixer, or into the bowl of a stand mixer with the paddle attachment. Cream the ingredients together until the mixture is light and fluffy.

2. Add in the eggs and vanilla and combine.

3. Next add the dry ingredients of flour, baking soda, baking powder, and salt to the wet ingredients. Combine at a low speed to start, and then until completely combined, taking care not to over mix.

4. Use a 1-inch cookie scoop or a tablespoon to scoop out the cookie dough balls and then shape the dough into 1-inch balls by rolling in your hand. Next, place the balls on ungreased cookie sheets, about 2 inches apart. Then flatten the balls slightly and use your pinky finger, or the back of your small spoon to create a heart shaped thumbprint in the center of each ball.

Making the heart shaped thumbprints in a peanut butter thumbprint cookies.

5. Bake the cookies at 350 degrees in a preheated oven for 8-10 minutes, until just beginning to become light golden brown.

6. As soon as you remove the baked cookies from the oven, while they are still hot, use the back of a small teaspoon to push down the middle of each cookie again in a heart shape, and then remove them from the cookie sheet and place them onto a cooling rack.

Using a small spoon to make heart shaped thumbprints in peanut butter thumbprint cookies.

7. While the cookies are still warm on the wire rack, use small spoons to carefully add ½ teaspoon of jam to the centre of each cookie in a heart shape. The heat of the cookie will help the jam melt into place. Having said that though, you may want to add the jam as needed, since they're tricky to store in an airtight container once the jelly thumbprint cookies are all filled. If you are adding the jam after the cookies are cooled, you can warm up the jam in a microwave for just a few seconds to make it easier to work with and less stiff.

peanut butter and jam thumbprint cookies

Peanut butter thumbprint cookies with jam jar on a wood table.

Frequently Asked Questions

Should you fill the cookie with jam before or after baking?

Fill these cookies after baking. Make the perfect heart shaped indent before and again right after baking and fill the indent with jam for the perfect heart shape.

What to use instead of thumb for thumbprint cookies?

No need to use your thumb, use the back of a small measuring spoon instead.

Should I use chunky or smooth peanut butter for my peanut butter cookies?

You can use either. Chunky peanut butter will add some peanut texture to your finished cookies.

Expert Tip

Use the back of a small measuring spoon to make your "thumbprints".

Peanut butter thumbprint cookies cooling on a rack.

More Cookie Recipes

  • Jam Jam cookie recipe, with cookies laying on a marble serving tray.
    Best Homemade Jam Jam Cookie Recipe
  • raspberry almond thumbprint cookies
    Raspberry Almond Thumbprint Cookies
  • Brown sugar shortbread caramel thumbprint cookies.
    Brown Sugar Shortbread Caramel Thumbprint Cookies
  • Easy vanilla shortbread made with cornstarch.
    Vanilla Shortbread Cookies -Easy Cornstarch Recipe

If you tried this Peanut Butter and Jam Thumbprint Cookie Recipe or any other recipe on my blog please leave a star rating and let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

Peanut butter and jam thumbprint cookies on a cooling rack with a jar of jam.

Peanut Butter Thumbprint Cookies

Classic peanut butter cookies with heart shaped thumbprints filled with jam.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Desserts
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 1 hour hour 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 1 hour hour 25 minutes minutes
Servings: 6 dozen
Calories: 89kcal
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

  • 1 cup butter room temperature
  • 1 cup peanut butter
  • 1 cup white sugar
  • 1 cup brown sugar
  • 2 eggs
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 2 ½ cups all-purpose flour
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon salt
  • ½ cup raspberry jam or jelly

Instructions

  • To make the peanut butter cookie dough, add the butter, creamy peanut butter, white sugar, and brown sugar to a large mixing bowl and use a hand mixer, or into the bowl of a stand mixer with the paddle attachment. Cream the ingredients together until the mixture is light and fluffy.
  • Add in the eggs and vanilla and combine.
  • Next add the flour, baking soda, baking powder, and salt to the peanut butter mixture. Combine at a low speed to start, and then until completely combined, taking care not to over mix.
  • Use a 1-inch cookie scoop or a tablespoon to scoop out the cookie dough balls and then shape the dough into 1-inch balls by rolling in your hand. Next, place the balls on ungreased cookie sheets, about 2 inches apart. Then flatten the balls slightly and use your pinky finger to create a heart shaped thumbprint in the center of each ball.
  • Bake the cookies at 350 degrees in a preheated oven for 8-10 minutes, until just beginning to become light golden brown.
  • As soon as you remove the baked cookies from the oven, while they are still hot, use the back of a small teaspoon to push down the middle of each cookie again in a heart shape, and then remove from the cookie sheet and place them onto a cooling rack.
  • While the cookies are still warm on the wire rack, use a small spoon to carefully add ½ teaspoon of jam to the centre of each cookie in a heart shape. The heat of the cookie will help the jam melt into place.

Video

Notes

If you prefer, use the back of a small measuring spoon instead of your finger to make the thumbprint.
You may want to add the jam to the baked peanut butter cookies as needed, since they're tricky to store in an airtight container once the jelly thumbprint cookies are all filled. If you are adding the jam after the cookies are cooled, you can warm up the jam in a microwave for just a few seconds to make it easier to work with and less stiff.
Store cookies in an airtight container.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 89kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 12mg | Sodium: 81mg | Sugar: 7g
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!

Valentine's Day Movie Night With Free Printables

Jan 23, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Valentine's Day movie night free printables including tickets, banners, snack labels, and decorations.

Start your Valentine's Day movie night with a printable ticket invitation that makes staying in feel like a special occasion. Create a memorable evening at home with festive decorations, themed snacks, and our complete free printable pack for date night or family fun.

Valentine's Day movie night free printables including tickets, banners, snack labels, and decorations.

Quick Look

  • 💕 Occasion: Family or Date Night Valentine's Movie Night
  • 🎟️ Free Printable Pack: Movie tickets, banners, pennants, snack labels, and decorations
  • 🍿 Snack Bar Setup: Popcorn buffet, Valentine candy, and cotton candy drinks
  • 🎬 Movie Lists: 10 family-friendly films plus 10 romantic date night picks
  • 💰 Budget-Friendly: Use what you have at home plus a few dollar store finds

Why You'll Love This Valentine's Day Movie Night

  • It's Free (Seriously): Our complete printable pack includes everything you need to make the night feel special without spending a fortune.
  • Family or Romantic: We've included movie suggestions and setup ideas for both family movie nights with kids and romantic date nights with your partner.
  • Easy to Pull Together: Most decorations come from our free printables. Add some balloons, and snacks and you're all set.
  • Makes Memories: Creating a special movie night tradition at home is more memorable than fighting crowds at restaurants and theaters.
  • The Printables Are Adorable: Movie tickets to invite everyone, XO banners, snack labels, pennants, and even cute Valentines to hand out make everything feel intentional and coordinated.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Valentine's Day Movie Night is such a fun way to spend time with family, girlfriends, or your significant other. Skip the crowded restaurants and overpriced theater tickets this Valentine's Day and create something even better at home. Our free printables include movie tickets, decorations, snack labels, and more to transform your living room into the coziest celebration spot.

We love a good movie night. Check out our all season movie night free printables. You might also like our Halloween movie night ideas and free printables, and our Christmas movie night free printables. Also check out 20 At Home Valentine's Day Ideas.

Free Printables

Use our Valentine's Day Movie Night free printables to create an extra special movie night.

Free Valentine's Day Movie Night Printables

To access the printables, just subscribe to Life is a Party below and then download the printables in our Free Resource Library. When you subscribe you'll be sent an email with the password for instant access.

Free Printable Movie Tickets

Start the evening off right with a movie ticket invitation from our free printable pack:

Free printable Valentine's Day movie night tickets for inviting family or partner.

How to Use Them:

  • Save as Keepsake: These make sweet Valentine's Day mementos
  • Surprise Your Partner: Slip the ticket on their pillow or in their lunch box
  • Invite the Kids: Hand out tickets at breakfast to build excitement for movie night
  • Make It Official: Use the tickets as actual "admission" to your living room theater

Valentine's Day Movie Night Decorations

Banners

What's Included: Printable XO letters and large circles in our free pack

  • Hang Anywhere: Drape across the TV, over the couch, or above your snack table
  • Cut and Hole Punch: Cut out the XO letters and circles, then hole punch the tops
  • String Together: Thread ribbon or twine through the holes to create your banner
  • Add Glitter: Brush on craft glue and sprinkle with pink or red glitter for extra sparkle
DIY Valentine's Day banner with printable XO letters and circles for movie night decorations.
Close-up of handmade Valentine XO banner with pink and red glitter accents.

Pennant Flags

What's Included: Heart-themed pennants in multiple designs

  • Display Ideas: Stick in popcorn boxes, mason jars, or candy bowls for festive touches
  • Cut and Attach: Cut out pennants and hot glue to wood skewers, dowels, or straws
  • Personalize: Add ribbon bows or glitter accents to make them extra special
Valentine's Day printable pennants on wooden sticks for movie night decor.
Two free printable Valentine's day paper pennants on dowels with ribbons.

Signs

What's Included: Multiple printable signs for decorating your space

  • Mix Frame Sizes: Use different frame sizes for visual interest
  • "I Love You More Than Popcorn": Frame this printable for your snack table
  • "Will You Be My Valentine": Display prominently as your movie night invitation
Valentine's Day movie night printable sign "I love you more than popcorn" in picture frame.

Simple Decorating Ideas

Create a Festive Atmosphere:

  • Tablecloth: Inexpensive pink tulle from the fabric store creates a whimsical base
  • Lighting: String mini heart-shaped lights around your viewing area
  • Balloons: Pink and white balloons with heart prints add instant festivity
  • Keep It Simple: You don't need much beyond the printables to create the mood

Valentine Movie Night Printable Food Signs and Labels

Valentine's Day movie night snack bar with printable labels, popcorn, and candy.

Food Table Signs

Make Your Snack Station Look Professional:

  • Easy Setup: These labeled stations help guests know exactly where to find treats
  • "Movie Night Drinks" Sign: Frame this printable to label your beverage station
  • "Movie Night Snacks" Sign: Use in a small frame to mark your popcorn and candy area
  • Perfect Frame Size: 5x7 frames work beautifully for these signs
Valentine's Day movie night ideas

Individual Food Labels

Label Everything on Your Snack Table:

  • Pre-Made Labels: We've included labels for popular movie night snacks and drinks
  • Blank Labels: Customize these to add your own food items
  • Tent Card Style: Fold labels in half to create standing place cards
  • Keep It Organized: Labels make your spread look intentional and help guests identify options
valentine movie night ideas

Small Circle Decorations

Versatile Printables with Multiple Uses:

  • Multi-Purpose: These small circles add festive touches wherever you need them
  • Cupcake Toppers: Attach to toothpicks and stick in cupcakes or treats
  • Gift Tags: Tie onto pop bottles, candy bags, or party favors
  • Mini Garland: String circles together to create a cute banner
  • Drink Markers: Use to identify whose drink is whose

Valentine Cards to Hand Out

Sweet Additions to Your Movie Night:

  • For Guests: Hand out cute Valentines as party favors when guests arrive or leave
  • Table Decor: Scatter around the snack table for added decoration
  • With Treats: Attach to candy bags or popcorn boxes as personalized touches
  • Keepsakes: These make sweet mementos from your Valentine's movie night
free Valentine's Day party printables

Valentine Movie Night Snacks

Valentine's Day movies

We set our Valentine's Day snack bar up on the coffee table, in front of the couch for easy access while movie watching.

The coffee table is covered in some inexpensive pink tulle from the fabric store as a fun and whimsical tablecloth. I also added a string of mini heart shaped lights.

We blew up a bunch of cute pink and white Valentine's Day balloons with hearts on them to help add to the sense of occasion.

Valentine's Day movie night party
Popcorn Buffet

The Star of Your Movie Night Snack Bar:

  • Time-Saving Tip: Buy three different store-bought varieties instead of making from scratch
  • Buttered Popcorn: Classic movie theater style everyone loves
  • White Cheddar Popcorn: Savory and addictive option
  • Caramel Corn: Sweet and crunchy treat
  • Other Options: Try kettle corn or pink popcorn for extra Valentine's flair
  • Serving Style: Individual popcorn boxes let everyone create their own custom mix

Setup Ideas:

  • Heart Napkins: Add festive napkins for easy cleanup and extra Valentine's touches
  • Simple White Bowls: Serve each popcorn flavor in its own bowl
  • Individual Boxes: Provide cute popcorn boxes for everyone to fill with their favorites
movie night popcorn buffet

Valentine's Day Candy

Sweet Treats for Your Candy Station:

  • Add Your Favorites: Include chocolate hearts, pink M&Ms, or any Valentine candy you love
  • Classic Conversation Hearts: The iconic Valentine candy everyone expects
  • Cinnamon Candy Hearts: For those who like a little spice with their sweetness
  • Heart-Shaped Marshmallows: Perfect for snacking or topping hot chocolate
  • Heart-Shaped Bowls: Display candy in heart-shaped bowls for extra cuteness
Valentine's Day party candy

Valentine's Day Drinks

Pink Cotton Candy Drinks

For a special non-alcoholic drink that the kids would love, create these pink cotton candy drinks. See our blue cotton candy drink recipe here for complete instructions.

How to Make Them:

  • Add Cotton Candy: Place pink cotton candy in the bottom of champagne glasses
  • Pour the Soda: Use ginger ale or Sprite (Sprite is clearer and creates a pinker drink)
  • Watch the Magic: The cotton candy dissolves into a fizzy pink drink right before your eyes
  • Garnish: Top with a small tuft of pink cotton candy for beautiful presentation
  • Fancy Glassware: Use champagne flutes even for kids to make them feel special

Adult Drink Options:

  • Simple Wine: Red wine pairs perfectly with chocolate treats and movie watching
  • Champagne Version: Use prosecco or champagne instead of soda for adults
  • Rosé: Pink wine creates a beautiful Valentine's Day drink
cotton candy drinks

Favorite Valentine's Day Family Movies

If your Valentine's movie night is a family affair, then we have some suggestions for movies that would be perfect for a Valentine's Day family movie night. Some are great for very young kids and others would be perfect for tweens or young teens.

Best Family-Friendly Valentine Movies

Our Top 10 Picks for All Ages:

  1. The Princess Bride (1987) - Classic fairy tale adventure with romance, humor, and unforgettable quotes
  2. Be My Valentine Charlie Brown (1975) - Sweet Peanuts special perfect for youngest viewers
  3. Enchanted (2007) - Disney princess meets real world in this charming musical comedy
  4. Lady and The Tramp (2019) - Heartwarming tale of romance and spaghetti dinners
  5. Gnomeo and Juliet (2011) - Garden gnome romance that's funny for kids and parents
  6. Shrek (2001) - Unconventional love story with humor the whole family enjoys
  7. Cinderella (2015) - Beautiful live-action retelling of the classic romance
  8. Beauty and the Beast (2017) - Stunning adaptation with incredible music and visuals
  9. Frozen (2013) - Celebrates sisterly love alongside romantic love
  10. The Princess Diaries (2001) - Teen discovers she's royalty in this sweet coming-of-age story
Valentine's Day party

Favorite Date Night Valentine's Day Movies

If you and your significant other are looking for a romantic movie to enjoy together for Valentine's Day, we've got some more adult suggestions, including lots of classic movie ideas to enjoy with your true love.

Best Romantic Movies for Couples

Our Top 10 Picks for Date Night:

  1. The Notebook (2004) - Epic love story that spans decades, perfect for a good cry
  2. When Harry Met Sally (1989) - Witty rom-com about friendship turning into love
  3. Sleepless In Seattle (1993) - Sweet romantic comedy with Tom Hanks and Meg Ryan
  4. Bridget Jones's Diary (2001) - Hilarious and heartwarming modern romance
  5. Pride and Prejudice (2005) - Beautiful adaptation of Jane Austen's classic
  6. Sense and Sensibility (1995) - Another stunning Austen romance with incredible cast
  7. A Star Is Born (2018) - Emotional modern love story with unforgettable music
  8. The Bridges of Madison County (1995) - Mature romance about a life-changing love affair
  9. Breakfast At Tiffany's (1961) - Iconic Audrey Hepburn classic with style and romance
  10. Out of Africa (1985) - Sweeping romantic drama set against beautiful landscapes
Valentine movies

A Valentine's movie night would be a really fun Valentine's Day tradition to start with your family or partner, and our free printables should help take it from a regular weekend activity to something really special and memorable. Subscribe below for instant access to the free printables. 

Valentine Movie Night ideas

With a Valentine's Day Movie Night like this for family fun with kids, or as a date night, life really is a party!

More Valentine's Day Inspiration

  • Date night fondue with cheese fondue and dippers at a coffee table.
    Fondue Date Night
  • Heart shaped hamburger on a plate with fries.
    Heart Shaped Hamburgers
  • Valentine breakfast buffet with mini pancakes, heart shaped sausage, yogurt parfaits, and fresh strawberries.
    Valentine's Day Breakfast

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I make movie night family friendly?

Choose a movie that is appropriate for all ages. Use our movie night ticket to invite everyone and get them excited. Serve snacks and drinks that everyone will enjoy. Decorate the space for the occasion.

How do I make my Valentine's Day movie night romantic?

Decorate the space for Valentine's day, and light some candles. Serve some fancy drinks like cocktails or sparkling wine. And offer some Valentine's day themed snacks that are romantic like strawberries and chocolate. Choose a romantic movie.

What would you serve for dinner for a Valentine's Day movie night?

Our top pick is heart shaped pizza, either homemade or takeout. And don't forget the popcorn and candy, which no movie night is complete without.

What if I don't have a color printable to make the printables at home?

Don't worry, you can upload them to an office supply store and have them printed there very inexpensively.

5. What should I serve at a Valentine's Day movie night?

A popcorn buffet with multiple flavors is perfect for movie night. Include buttered, white cheddar, and caramel corn so everyone can choose their favorite. Add Valentine candy like conversation hearts, cinnamon hearts, and chocolate. For drinks, try our pink cotton candy drinks for kids or champagne for adults.

How do I make a Valentine's movie night special without spending a lot?

Use free printables for all your decorations including tickets, banners, and snack labels. Inexpensive tulle from the fabric store makes a festive tablecloth. Pick up Valentine balloons from the dollar store. Buy popcorn and candy you already love from the grocery store rather than expensive specialty items.

Can I use these printables in my classroom?

Yes! These printables are perfect for classroom Valentine's Day parties. You can print as many copies as you need for your students. The movie tickets make adorable tickets to play classroom movie theatre, and the decorations work great for classroom celebrations. These are for personal use only and cannot be resold or redistributed.

How far in advance can I prepare for Valentine movie night?

Print and cut all the printables 1-2 days ahead. Set up decorations the morning of your movie night. Buy popcorn and candy anytime, don't open until right before serving. Cotton candy drinks must be made right before serving or the cotton candy dissolves completely.

If you have tried any of these Valentine's Day Movie Night Ideas or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today.

Free Cricut Box Template With Scalloped Edge

Dec 11, 2022 · Leave a Comment

Cricut favour box free SVG cut file.

Free Cricut Box Template With Scalloped Edge: free svg cut file to create a favor box / gift box / treat box with full tutorial.

Cricut favour box free SVG cut file.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

These little paper boxes are perfect as gift boxes, treat boxes, or candy boxes. Use our free Cricut box templates to create them with your Cricut machine. The free svg cut files are available in our Free Resource Library for all of our subscribers. Subscribe below for free. Our box designs are particularly special because of their cute scalloped edge.

scalloped box cricut free cut file

Cut the bottom and top box pieces out in different colors of card stocks to make the scalloped edge more noticable. This special box is available in two different sizes from the free svg files. Or use the scale button to make the entire design bigger or smaller in Cricut Design Space.

free favor box cricut cut file

Use the paper gift box for small gifts like a gift card, jewelry, or any other small item. These scalloped edge boxes are also great for food treats, candy, or baked good, especially around the holidays or for Valentine's Day. We've topped ours with paper trees (tree cut file free download included also) which is perfect for the holiday season. We used ours as favor boxes on a Christmas table. This the type of box that would also be great plain for any gift giving occasion. Or top with paper flowers for a shower favor, or summer occasion, or Valentine's Day. Or even use these little boxes as a great way to store items like small craft supplies.

free treat box cut file Cricut

YouTube Full Tutorial:

If you prefer to see how to make the scalloped box, be sure to watch the youtube video tutorial for a step by step tutorial.

 

YouTube video

Materials Needed:

  • cardstock
  • scoring wheel or scoring stylus
  • Cricut machine with the fine point blade
  • SVG files -Small Favor Box Bottom, Tall Favor Box Bottom, Favor Box Lid, Tree-optional
  • hot glue gun and glue
free cut file scalloped edge box Cricut

How to Make a Cricut Box with a Scalloped Edge

To Make The Box

1. Subscribe to Life is a Party, and access the free gift box svg files in the Free Resource Library. Download the zip file to your computer. In Cricut design space, start a new canvas, and click the Upload button, on the left menu. Upload the box bottom and lid digital files, and add to canvas.

2. Make sure that the pink cut lines are all changed to scored lines, by clicking on each of the pink solid lines and changing the operation from cut to score. When it's changed to score the line will change from solid to dotted lines in Cricut Design Space. There are four lines on each piece to change.

3. Attach the score lines to each box piece by selecting the entire piece and pressing attach at the bottom of the layers panel.

4. Change colors and use the duplicate button to cut multiple boxes at one time.

5. When you're ready to cut the boxes, follow the prompts in Cricut Design Space to insert the scoring tool -either the scoring wheel or scoring stylus, and fine point cutting blade. Place your card stock on a regular green Cricut mat and insert the cutting mat into the machine.

6. To assemble the cut pieces into a box, fold along all the scoring lines, and use hot glue to glue the smaller tabs in place to create the box bottom and lid. Hot glue is the quickest and easiest way to assemble the boxes, but if you prefer you can use a tape runner with adhesive, or double-sided tape, or even white glue. Clothes pins work well to hold sides of the box in place while white glue dries.

Cricut treat box free cut file

To Embellish The Box With Christmas Tree and Name Tag

7. To decorate the box with trees, upload the tree SVG, and use scale and duplicate to create different sizes. Assemble cut trees, and glue to top of the box lid.

8. To make the name tag for the favor boxes, add the flag shape to the canvas. Find the flag shape, by clicking the shape button on the left side, and adjust the size to 2 inches x 0.5 inches. Add font, filtering by writing fonts. Adjust the font to fit the tag, and attach the tag and font together. Duplicate and edit the names for all the guests. Make sure the operation for the text is set to writing.

9.Click make it, and follow the prompts to insert the marker into clamp A.

cricut gift box free file

You can make this project on any Cricut cutting machine, including the Cricut Maker, or one of the Cricut Explore Air machines. If you are working with the Cricut Joy, you may have to use the scale button to adjust the size of the box top and bottom so that it will fit the Cricut Joy.

We thought these boxes would be a fun way to create place cards and party favors all in one. For our holiday table we added names and cute paper Christmas trees to the top and then filled them with a little bit of holiday baking in cellophane bags. They make a really adorable take home favor for family and friends. We used both the tall and shorter sizes. Use both, or choose your favorite one.

free svg cricut gift box

With a beautiful free Cricut box template with scalloped edges, life really is a party.

More Cricut Ideas

Be sure to check out how we used this same free Cricut box template to create a beautiful re-useable advent calendar here.

Cricut Advent Calendar: free SVG cut file to create a reusable paper box advent calendar to fill with treats, activities, or gifts.

You might also enjoy our post about The Best Cricut Accessories You REALLY Need here.

Also check out How To Use Flatten In Cricut Design Space here.

what does flatten mean on Cricut

Woodland Enchanted Forest Christmas Decorating

Dec 6, 2022 · 16 Comments

Woodland Christmas decor ideas for a fireplace mantel with trees, mushrooms, lights, and garland.

Woodland Enchanted Forest Christmas Decorating Ideas: mushrooms, pine cones, and mini Christmas trees create a rustic natural whimsical Christmas.

Woodland Christmas decor ideas for a fireplace mantel with trees, mushrooms, lights, and garland.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Welcome to my home all decorated for Christmas full of woodland christmas decorating ideas with lots of mushrooms and mini Christmas trees to create an indoor enchanted forest. I love the holiday season, and sharing my home all decorated for Christmas is always my favourite blog post of the year.

Dining Room

Console Table

In our entryway we have a console table that I love to decorate seasonally. The "Our cheeks are nice and rosy and comfy cozy are we." is a fun DIY that's part of The Cricut Course. If you are a Cricut owner and interested in learning how to make one, check out The Cricut Course, which includes a full tutorial on how to design it and create it.

Christmas console table decoration

I've used a vase of twigs and decorated them with some mini vintage ornaments. In front of them are a few mini Christmas trees, including a white flocked Christmas tree and some different mushrooms. I used lots of fun mushrooms in my decor this year. I love to repeat different elements to help everything flow well, so I knew I wanted to have a few mushrooms and moss by the front door as a great way set the woodland theme right from the start.

woodland Christmas decor

My color scheme for this year included lots of creams, whites, and wood tones, with some pretty green, pink, and iridescent added into. I wanted to make sure that my forest theme wasn't too rustic, so the pink and iridescent helped to bring in the whimsy and enchanted feeling that I was hoping for.

Christmas console table decor

Bar Chart

This little bar cart is always a fun spot to decorate. I picked this pretty little faux Norfolk pine, and I love the addition of this woodland Christmas tree. I've also added lots of pretty little mini Christmas trees. I like mixing all the different ones together like wood, paper, and bottle brush. One single vintage Christmas ornaments looks gorgeous in a pink vintage champagne glass.

Christmas bar cart
Christmas bar cart

The Cheers banner is an old one, but looks festive, especially layered with pom pom garland and wood bead garland. On the lower shelf are more vintage glasses and Christmas trees. And beside the bar cart I have one small tree. It's undecorated, with just some clear lights on it for some sparkle.  Christmas bar cart

Dining Room Table

It's always fun to decorate the dining room table. I used lots more mini trees and mushrooms here. The antique wood dough bowl is the centerpiece. It's filled with floral foam, topped with moss, and has faux mushrooms tucked into it. I made some of the mushrooms with air dry clay -find the tutorial here, and some of the others were made of paper mache. I also tucked in lots of natural materials like acorns, and pine cones. And the whole bowl was sprinkled with faux snow and glitter. The final result is so beautiful, and will be a gorgeous centerpiece all winter long.

Christmas dining room decor
Woodland Christmas table decoration
DIY mushrooms
Woodland Christmas decor ideas
paper mache mushroom

Buffet

The buffet has a beautiful handmade wood candle holder filled with pink and white candles. The banner is a favourite one, that I keep up all year long, because there's always something to celebrate. These pieces are the perfect backdrop for a Christmas village of handmade paper houses. I made these houses years ago out of old cereal boxes -see how here, and they look so sweet tucked into my forest of mini Christmas trees. The pastel colors of the houses add some holiday cheer.

woodland Christmas dining room decor
Christmas glitter house village
Christmas glitter house village
Christmas glitter house village

The Stairs

On the stairs I kept the garland fairly simple with a macrame one that I keep up all year round -see the tutorial to make it here. On top of that I layered some faux evergreen garland, and new to me this year this gorgeous gold star garland. Again the stairs help add a little whimsy to our woodland theme.

I couldn't resist adding some mushrooms to the stairs too. I love the scale of these large wood mushrooms with mini Christmas trees and then the little white ceramic houses. It make me things of fairies living in them, and I think they're really adorable, especially with flickering battery operated tea lights in them at night.

Christmas stair garland
Christmas house under a mushroom
Christmas staircase decor

This little table at the bottom of the stairs gets dressed up with rustic Christmas decorations this time of year too. If you dream of a white Christmas, you'll love this spot. This little white box is perfect for displaying some woodland Christmas decorations. This small space is full of tiny decorations, like white bottle brush trees, wood trees, tiny houses, and the cutest vintage reindeer.

neutral rustic Christmas decor
woodland Christmas decor

In front of this display is my favourite advent calendar. I got it last year and love that it's reusable. Everyday you add different woodland creates.

white Christmas decor

Living Room

woodland Christmas decor

Over in the living room the coffee table has more trees, mushrooms and vintage Christmas ornaments. Most of the Christmas ornaments in a beautiful footed wood bowl, have come from thrift stores, or antique shops. It's fun collecting them over the years, and I'm always on the look out for them, especially pink ones.

enchanted forest Christmas decor
enchanted forest Christmas decor

There's also lots of natural decorations. I used an antique ironstone small bowl and creamer that I filled with floral foam, moss, and more clay mushrooms. I love these snowy pinecone lights, that are a dollarama purchase, but so cute.

mushroom Christmas decor
vintage Christmas decorations
woodland Christmas decorating ideas

Fireplace Mantel

Over on the fireplace I've repeated the same garlands as on the staircase. I layered the handmade macrame garland with the evergreen garland, and the gold sparkly stars. The fireplace is actually a corner fireplace, so I used a vintage door as a backdrop, and then layered a curtain of mini lights. They really add the magical and cozy feel at night.

On the actual mantel I made a whole forest of mini Christmas trees and mushrooms surround by moss and faux snow. I love using some iridescent snow, glitter and stars to make it feel even more magical. I've also added natural elements like the real pinecones, and acorns.

The mini Christmas trees are a mix of ones I've collected over the years. I love the mix of wood rustic Christmas trees, with the sparkle of iridescent glass, as well as a bottle brush flocked tree, and pottery white Christmas tree. I love pink Christmas decor pieces, but the rustic touches help make it not feel like too sweet, like a baby girl's nursery.

The best part of this mantel decor is probably the mushrooms. They are a mix of a large wood mushroom, some smaller ceramic mushrooms and some paper mache mushrooms that were part of my DIY projects this Christmas. The mushrooms really take this mantel to the next level, and the perfect addition to create our enchanted forest Christmas theme.

I also layered in a real birch tree. This one is in a tin pail of cement, and the perfect thing to add so much depth and magic to this fireplace display.

woodland forest Christmas

The Christmas Tree

Our woodland tree is one of my favourite things this year. I wanted to purchase a faux tree that was sparse, but tall enough for my 10 ft. ceilings. To save money I bought two smaller Ikea trees, and put them together by using the middle section twice. It worked really well.

woodland pink Christmas
woodland Christmas trees

The Christmas tree decorations are a combination of beautiful glass ones that add sparkle and more of the enchanted feeling, and assorted pink vintage ornaments and vintage white ornaments, including a pink vintage Christmas tree topper on the top of the tree. There's also a combination of mushroom ornaments, including these homemade ornaments of velvet mushrooms -see the tutorial to make velvet mushrooms here. And to add a little more glass sparkle, there's also a set of glass icicles on the tree. The garland on the tree is some simple Christmas tree ribbon, which is a frayed edge white velvet ribbon.

vintage Christmas ornament pink
DIY velvet mushroom Christmas decoration

The star of the show for this Christmas tree though, has to be at the base of the tree. We created a woodland feel here by creating a skirt of preserved moss and more of our DIY paper mache mushrooms. I made these mushrooms with a base of chicken wire, tinfoil and newspaper. I topped them with strips of old book pages, and then painted them with watered down paint, and sealed them with mod podge. The mushrooms are nestled in the moss, and then they're all sprinkled with faux snow and glitter for a woodland glam look. I created a cohesive look by nestling in some of the Christmas ornaments into the moss as well. There's also more pine cones and acorns amidst the snowy moss. I absolutely love how this turned out. It's one of my favorite things this year, and I hope it inspires you with lots of ideas and Christmas inspiration.

mushrooms under the Christmas tree
DIY paper mache mushrooms
woodland Christmas tree
woodland Christmas decor
woodland forest Christmas

The Kitchen

Pine Cone Collection

On our kitchen table there's a collection of pine cones. I collected pine cones from 7 different tree species. It was so much fun to spend some time in the woods collecting them, and trying to find as many different varieties of cones that grow in my area. To display them, I bought a collection of vintage ironware. They're mostly pudding bowls, but also some other bowls and a platter. I found them at different antique stores, and I think these beautiful simple white pieces will be great to use for entertaining or as decor afterward.

Woodland Christmas
pine cone Christmas decor
pine cone centrepiece

I sorted each variety of pine cone into a different bowl or container. If you're worried about bringing in some woodland creatures with the pine cones, you can wash them with bleach, and then bake them in the oven at a low temperature which will also help them open more. I love the natural look of these holiday decorations. pine cones make really beautiful christmas décor, but they'll be beautiful all winter long. I also added in one concrete mushroom to tie in with all my other mushrooms.

pine cone centrepiece Christmas
pine cone candle
pine cone Christmas decor

Coffee Bar

I also have a Christmas coffee bar in my kitchen. The Have A Cup Of Cheer poster is one I designed and had printed as a large color engineer print -see how I made it here. I love this way to add inexpensive holiday art to a space. I've layered some garland over the art -including this pretty DIY star garland, see the tutorial to make it here.

Christmas coffee bar

We have the space set up with our cappuccino maker and homemade gingerbread latte syrup, perfect for making a special seasonal drink. Find the recipe for the homemade gingerbread latte syrup here.

Christmas coffee bar
Christmas coffee bar

Open Kitchen Shelves

Decorating my open shelves has become one of my favourite holiday traditions. This year I wanted to continue the enchanted woodland theme here too, so I used more mushrooms and mini artificial Christmas trees. These reproduction vintage deer are a fun addition.

kitchen open shelves decorated for Christmas
Christmas kitchen shelves
pink Christmas mugs
vintage santa

The pine cone Christmas wreath is a fun addition to the oven vent hood. Hung up the easy way, with a very strong magnet.

kitchen shelves decorated for Christmas

I have a small but hopefully growing collection of vintage Santa mugs. I'm always on the lookout for them and hope to find more. They look so cute grouped together here.

vintage Santa mug collection

I found this adorable little vintage piece of Christmas art at an antique booth a few weeks ago, and it looks so sweet layered in a collection fo mushrooms.

mushroom Christmas decorations

On the other side of the kitchen, I'm cutting some homemade marshmallows to use as cup toppers for hot chocolate. Find the recipe to make them here. If you've never made homemade marshmallows they're not that hard to make, and they really do taste amazing. They also make great gifts this time of year.

woodland Christmas decor ideas
homemade Christmas marshmallows

I always like to add a little Christmas beside the kitchen sink -more mushrooms and another cute mini tree.

woodland forest Christmas decor
mushroom Christmas decorations

The pass through to the living room is looking so gorgeous all dressed up for Christmas with some themed ornaments. These plain wood mushrooms got a little bit of a makeover with some white glue and different sized of iridescent glitter. I hung some real pine branches and then the mushroom garland, garlands of felt balls and wooden beads, as well as more whimsical star garland.

mushroom Christmas garland
mushroom Christmas decoration
Christmas mushroom garland

The house is all decorated for the big day, but we'll be celebrating all month long, and I hope you will too. Wishing you and your whole family a very merry Christmas and Happy New Year. With all these woodland Christmas decorating ideas, life really is a party!

More Christmas Inspiration

  • Harry Potter Christmas party with food from the first book, set up by the fireplace and Christmas tree.
    Harry Potter Christmas Party Ideas
  • Elf on the shelf arrival letter and breakfast.
    Elf on the Shelf Arrival Letter + Welcome Breakfast Ideas (2025)
  • DIY Harry Potter Christmas tree with homemade ornaments, 7 Horcruxes, and motorized Santa tree topper in cozy living room.
    Harry Potter Christmas Tree Ideas + DIY Ornaments
  • Homemade pink and white coconut ice recipe, cut into squares on parchment paper.
    Coconut Ice Recipe

Homemade Gingerbread Latte

Nov 30, 2022 · Leave a Comment

homemade gingerbread latte syrup

Homemade Gingerbread Latte: Copycat gingerbread latte Starbucks recipe with an easy homemade gingerbread coffee syrup recipe.

homemade gingerbread latte syrup
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

You can make a delicious gingerbread latte at home with our copycat gingerbread latte Starbucks recipe. You can enjoy it from the comfort of your own home. During the holiday season when you're craving festive flavors, this gingerbread syrup recipe is perfect for entertaining, enjoying on your own, or even for gift giving in a pretty glass jar with a little happy holidays tag for the coffee drinkers on you Christmas list.

It would make a great addition to a At Home Coffee Shop party too.

Homemade Gingerbread Latte: Copycat gingerbread latte Starbucks recipe with an easy homemade gingerbread coffee syrup recipe.

If you enjoy the taste of a gingerbread cookie, then our gingerbread latte recipe is for you. Make your own gingerbread syrup, with our easy recipe, full of gingerbread flavors, and made with simple ingredients that you may have on hand. You could probably make this simple syrup in less time than it takes you to go the coffee shop and wait in line. And more good news, it will definitely be cheaper to make them at home. Make the gingerbread latte syrup and store in the fridge in a container with an airtight lid, ready for anytime you want to make own latte. It's easy to make a Gingerbread latte. Start with an espresso, add steamed milk, frothed milk, and a little bit of gingerbread syrup. For a sweeter drink add more, or if you prefer less sweet, add less of the gingerbread syrup.

gingerbread simple syrup recipe

Starbucks copycat gingerbread latte syrup recipe

gingerbread coffee syrup recipe

homemade gingerbread latte recipe

Fresh Ginger Substitute

Ginger: if you don't have any fresh ginger you can substitute with ground ginger. Use ½ teaspoon ground ginger in place of the 1 ½ tablespoon of fresh for this recipe.

how to make a gingerbread latte

Sweeter Version

Like a sweeter or less sweet version? Adjust the amount of gingerbread syrup to your taste. We used 1 tablespoon for one espresso shot, but feel free to add or less. For an authentic copycat Starbucks gingerbread latte recipe, you might add up to 3 tablespoon with two shots of espresso.

gingerbread latte syrup recipe

Iced Gingerbread Latte

Prefer iced coffee to a hot latte? Use this the gingerbread simple syrup to bring that classic gingerbread flavor to your iced coffee and enjoy the gingerbread latte taste in an iced gingerbread latte version.

gingerbread coffee syrup recipe

Want to make more for enjoying or gift giving?  Feel free to double, or triple this batch.  This recipe makes about 2 cups of syrup. Make an extra bottle to give to a friend.

Recipe

homemade gingerbread latte syrup

Homemade Gingerbread Latte

Make gingerbread lattes at home with this homemade gingerbread syrup.
No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Course: Drinks
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 15 minutes minutes
Servings: 30
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist

Ingredients

Gingerbread Syrup

  • 1 cup water
  • 1 cup white sugar
  • 1 tablespoon molasses
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon ground nutmeg
  • 3 whole cloves
  • 1 ½ tablespoon peeled and grated fresh ginger

Instructions

  • In a small saucepan combine water, sugar, molasses, cinnamon, nutmeg, cloves and fresh ginger. Stir to combine.
  • Bring the mixture to a boil over high-medium heat. Let boil for 5 minutes, to create a thicker syrup.
    Let the mixture cool to room temperature and pour it through a wire sieve to strain out the ginger and cloves. Then store in an airtight container, like a mason jar, or bottle in the refrigerator.
  • To make the gingerbread latte, make one shot of fresh espresso in your espresso machine. And add one third of steamed milk, and one third of frothed milk to your hot coffee. Lastly add your gingerbread syrup. We used 1tbsp, but adjust according to your taste, for a more or less sweet drink.
Tried this Recipe? Tag me Today!Mention @LifeisaParty or tag #lifeisaparty!
Christmas coffee bar

With our homemade gingerbread latte Starbucks recipe, life really is a party!

More Ideas:

You might also like our Gingerbread Milkshake here, made with the same gingerbread syrup.

Gingerbread Extreme Milkshake Freakshake: Recipe for gingerbread syrup and gingerbread extreme milkshakes. Perfect treat for the holidays.

Also check out our Gingerbread House Cookies here.

Gingerbread House Cookies: a classic gingerbread cookie recipe perfect for Christmas cookie ornaments or mini houses.

You might also enjoy our Gingerbread themed Christmas Breakfast Board here.

Christmas breakfast charcuterie board

Cricut Advent Calendar with Free SVG

Nov 22, 2022 · Leave a Comment

Cricut advent calendar made of small boxes, including a free SVG cut file.

Cricut Advent Calendar: free SVG cut file to create a reusable paper box advent calendar to fill with treats, activities, or gifts.

Cricut advent calendar made of small boxes, including a free SVG cut file.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

This Christmas countdown advent calendar is fun to make, and one you can use year after year. Fill each little box with little treats like a chocolate, a note, or one of our printable advent activity cards that you can do together as a family, a bible verse, or a small gift like little toys. And you can reuse this DIY advent calendar year after year.

advent calendar

Make your own advent calendar in any colors to suit your holiday decor. It' so beautiful it will make a welcome addition to your holiday season. This Cricut project would also make a lovely Christmas gift to someone with small children, or for grandchildren.

free sag cut file for advent calendar

Make sure it's ready to go on December 1st, and start counting down to a merry Christmas each day. It's such a fun way to build anticipation, and spread some of the celebrating out.

Cricut Christmas countdown calendar

Christmas Advent Calendar Materials:

You'll need a few different materials to make this easy advent calendar. We used white sticker paper along with the print then cut feature to make ours. But you could easily use regular copy paper for your print then cut and then use a glue stick to apply the numbers to the boxes if you didn't have any sticker paper.

how to make an advent calendar with your Cricut
  • Cricut machine
  • card stock -we used white and brown kraft paper style, and green
  • hot glue and hot glue gun
  • scoring wheel or scoring stylus
  • fine point blade
  • Cricut cutting mat
  • sticker paper
  • printer
  • optional: faux snow, toy deer, twinkle lights
  • small treats
  • free svg files (subscribe below for instant access in our free resource library)
  • sticker file in Cricut Design Space

Cricut Christmas advent calendar

Cricut Advent Calendar Tutorial Video

Prefer to see exactly how to make it?  Check out the video below to see the entire process:

 

YouTube video

How To Make The Advent Calendar

1. Begin by downloading the free svg file. Our files are free to subscribers in our free resource library. Become a subscriber below for instant access.

To Make The Boxes

2. Open Cricut Design Space, and start a new project.

3. Click the upload button on the left side, and click on browse. Find the advent box bottom cut file, click on it to upload to Cricut Design Space, then upload the advent box lid file the same way. Once they're uploaded select both and add to your canvas.

4. Once you have the lid and bottom on your canvas, you need to change the purple/pink cut lines to score lines. This step is important. Select each of the cut lines, and change the operation on the top menu from cut to score. There are four score lines to change for the lid, and another four lines to change to score for the box bottom.

5. After the score lines are changed, select the entire box lid using your mouse and click on attach at the bottom of the layers menu. Then select the entire box bottom and click on attach for it. This is another important step, which will make sure that the score lines are in the right places.

6. You need 24 boxes for the advent calendar. We did 12 white and 12 brown and mix and matched them. Using a different color for the tops and bottoms helps the pretty scalloped edge to really show up. You can do one color, or multiple colors. We duplicated our original box top and bottom and then changed the color of the second one to brown. Then we selected and used duplicate until we had 24 boxes, 12 white and 12 brown. Don't worry about arranging them on the canvas, Cricut Design Space will automatically arrange them on the cutting mats.

7. Save your project and click Make It.

8. Set your material to card stock, and follow the prompts in Cricut Design Space to add the score wheel when necessary.

9. To assemble the boxes, fold along all the score lines, and then use hot glue to glue the lids and bottoms together, taking care to make the them as square as possible.

To Make The Trees

10. To make the decorative trees for the top, start with a new canvas in Cricut Design Space. Upload the tree file in the same way we did for the boxes and add the tree to your canvas. To create different sizes of trees, duplicate both pieces of the original tree, and then unlock the dimensions by clicking on the lock on the top menu. Then with both trees from the set selected (you need the sizes of both pieces of one tree to match) use the scale button to make the tree short and fat, or tall and skinny. Duplicate the original trees to make as many new ones in different sizes as you wish. You can also change the colors to different shades of green. Once you're happy with your trees, save your design and click make it.

11. Cut out your trees from different colors of green card stock.

Cricut countdown Christmas calendar svg

12. To assemble the trees, slot the top and bottom pieces together. Use hot glue to glue them to the centre of some of the box lids. Every box doesn't need a tree, we just added some trees to the top of the advent calendar mountain.

To Make The Numbers

13. To make the numbers for the advent calendar you're going to use my Cricut Design Space file. Search for Life is a Party in the search box on the homepage of Cricut Design Space.  Scroll to the bottom of the page and look for Life is a Party under community members. Follow Life is a Party and look for the advent calendar numbers file.  Click on customize.  Adjust the color of the circles, and the font.  If you're wondering why this file is in Cricut Design Space instead of an SVG, it's so that you can easily adjust the color of the stickers, and the font.

14. Next, select all, then click on the flatten button, to turn the design into a print then cut operation.

15. Follow the prompts to print the numbers using your printer and white sticker paper. Next, cut out the circle stickers on the Cricut

Cricut advent calendar

16. Add the number stickers to the boxes.

Assemble The Calendar

17. Add special treats to the boxes such as small toys, chocolate, candy or gift cards. Or try a different Christmas joke, or love note for each day. Or use our advent activity cards to add a different activity for each day.

We set up a little mountain with our advent boxes, with the tree boxes scattered along the top.  After they were all positioned I added some twinkle lights, a few cute deer, and a sprinkling of faux snow.  It looks so great in my home, that it doubles as Christmas decor.

Advent Activity Calendar

When my kids were little they loved having an activity calendar. The activities are great ways to add some screen-free ways celebrating to your holidays. Each day there is a different Christmas activity for the kids or family to do together. Some of them are easy, like read a Christmas story book together, some of them take more planning like decorating the Christmas tree. Never done an activity advent calendar before? I promise it will be your one of your favourite new traditions and create life time memories for you and your kids.

activity advent cards
Free printable advent activity cards for an advent calendar, with gold stars on them.
Free printable advent activity cards with activities printed on them and a star pattern.

Your whole family will have so much fun with this countdown calendar, no matter what you fill it with. Try one of our suggestions for extra special fillers, or fill the entire thing with different items each day to keep them guessing. This cute calendar will keep everyone delighted right up until Christmas day. This beautiful project is sure to become one that you use year after year.

cricut Christmas craft ideas

With a reusable homemade advent calendar made with your Cricut, life really is a party!

More Cricut Inspiration

  • Cricut gingerbread decor felt gingerbread house banner and gingerbread canister with vinyl gingerbread houses
    DIY Gingerbread Decor Ideas To Make With Your Cricut
  • DIY paper Christmas cloche cricut
    DIY Paper Christmas Cloche Lantern with Free Cricut Pattern
  • Cricut Design Space weld vs. attach
    Cricut Design Space Weld vs Attach
  • DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche: use dollar store materials to make this haunted house, and graveyard silhouette cloche for Halloween.
    Spooky DIY Cricut Halloween Cloche

Sweet Strawberry Theme Party

Jul 14, 2022 · Leave a Comment

Strawberry themed party ideas with table setting, flowers, and food.

Sweet Strawberry Theme Party with DIY party decorations made with Cricut, picnic tablescape, and strawberry dessert menu.

strawberry themed party ideas
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love This Party

  • This trendy strawberry themed picnic is so cute and we love the color scheme of pink and red.
  • Is there any better way to celebrate strawberry season than with a picnic?
  • We love strawberries, so an afternoon full of strawberry food was so delicious.

Strawberry Picnic Party

I'm so excited to share our strawberry picnic. Since everyone loves fresh strawberries in the summer it seemed a strawberry party theme was the perfect idea for a casual summer get together.

I love throwing themed parties. This daisy themed party was so much fun, and you also might like our cherry themed party, and our mushroom themed party.

We used our Cricut to make lots of DIY strawberry party decorations.

I love making custom party decor with my Cricut for any celebration.  For our strawberry themed picnic party we had so much fun creating custom party decor with our Cricut Maker 3. These projects may look fancy, but they were actually really quick and easy to create.  

This sweet party would be perfect for celebrating a fun date night, or a dessert party with friends. It would also be really sweet as a bachelorette or girls' night theme, or for a baby shower, or wedding shower. Lots of the inspiration I found was for a 1st birthday party, which would also be so adorable. Really any special occasion this summer would be perfect for a strawberry themed picnic.

Strawberry themed outdoor picnic table with setup with food, flowers, and decor.

As soon as I thought about having a strawberry theme, I knew I wanted to set up our party outside and take advantage of beautiful summer weather, so we went with a fun picnic set up. We used a low coffee table piled high with strawberries, flowers, and treats, and surrounded by blankets and cushions for party guests to lounge on while they enjoyed.

Strawberry themed party table with placesettings, flowers, and strawberry desserts.

DIY Strawberry Theme Party Decorations

DIY strawberry party decorations with Cricut machine.

Video

Prefer to see exactly how I did all the projects for this party?  Check out this YouTube video with all the details.

 

YouTube video

Large Sign

I used my new Maker 3 Cricut machine to create the strawberry decorations, including our beautiful welcome sign. The Maker 3 can cut vinyl up to 12 feet long making it perfect for creating any oversized projects. We took advantage of this amazing new feature to create our "Strawberry Fields Forever" sign. Inspired by the Beatles song lyrics we created the design in Cricut Design Space.

Creating the Design

To make your own open a new canvas, and add a text box. We used Merlot font (which is unkerned, so be sure to unchecked the only kerned fonts box to find it) to write Strawberry Fields and our font size was 205. Adjust the line spacing, and individual letter spacing for the "F" to create the look we did.

DIY large party sign made with wood background and vinyl letters.

We added another text box with "Forever" and used Cricut Sans font, size 112, letter spacing 0.5. Our sign was 18 x 24 inches, so we added a rectangle with those dimensions to the canvas to help us find the perfect font size. Once the design was ready, we used the "hide" feature, by clicking on the eye icon beside the rectangle in the layers panel. This hides the rectangle so that it's not cut out, but you can easily unhide it for design purposes in the future if you need to.

Or use our Strawberry Fields Forever design in Cricut Design Space here.

The Sign Backing

For the backing of our sign we used some plywood. Look for finished on one side plywood at the home improvement store. We were able to buy a 2ft x 2ft piece for this project. We wanted our sign to be 12 x 24 inches, so we took advantage of the cutting available at the home improvement store and had it done there. After the plywood was cut to size. I also sealed the wood with a poly seal. Sealing helps make sure that the vinyl adheres well. After the sealer dried the wood was ready for me to apply the vinyl. We cut the lettering with permanent white smart vinyl.

How to make your own party sign with wood background and vinyl letters made with Cricut.

After weeding the vinyl piece, I used transfer tape and transferred each piece to the sealed plywood. I love how our DIY strawberry sign turned out.

Strawberry fields forever large party sign for strawberry themed party.

Strawberry Baskets

I also made some strawberry baskets with my Cricut. I love how easy these were to make and they look so great on our table filled with fresh strawberries. You could also use them as strawberry themed party favors.

Basket of fresh strawberries in a DIY berry basket made with Cricut.

To make the strawberry baskets with your Cricut, search for "Market Berry Baskets" in Cricut Design Space. You can alter the size if you'd like to or just click make it. We cut ours out of Cricut Kraft Board in natural, using a standard grip cutting mat, and a fine point blade. After the pieces are cut out, use your glue gun to put the baskets together. I loved the look of the natural brown cardstock, but you could also make them in the traditional light green of strawberry baskets if you wanted to.

DIY berry basket made with Cricut.

These look so great down the centre of table filled with fresh strawberries for nibbling on.

Placesetting at strawberry themed party with DIY strawberry favour box on each plate.

Card Stock 3D Paper Strawberries

We also made some really adorable paper strawberries. Ours are filled with strawberry truffle candies for our guests to enjoy, or to take home. These are one of my very favourite additions to our strawberry party theme. They were quite easy to make using my Cricut machine. Look for project "Zooey Deschanel's 3D Strawberry" in Cricut Design, and choose make it. Or use our file in Cricut Design Space here.  

We cut ours out of different shades of pink and red cardstock. The strawberry seeds are gold iron-on vinyl, and the perfect easy way to add this fun detail.

DIY strawberry shaped favor box made from cardboard on each plate at strawberry themed table.

Adding The Seeds

To add the seeds to the strawberries, cut out and score your cardboard strawberry, and cut out and weed the vinyl seeds made with gold iron-on vinyl. To apply the seeds to the strawberry, preheat the Cricut Easy Press Mini according to the Cricut Easy Press guide for your size of easy press and a base material of cardstock. Then apply the vinyl, press, and peel the liner when cool to the touch.

How to make a DIY strawberry shaped favor box with cardstock using Cricut.

Assembling The 3D Strawberries

To assemble the strawberry use hot glue to glue it together. Don't forget to add a treat inside as you glue. We included some individually wrapped strawberry chocolates in ours. These are perfect as a party favor for guests to take home. They look so cute on each person's plate setting, waiting for them to arrive and enjoy. You could even add favor tags, or names to use as place cards.

Strawberry themed tablescape with strawberry favor boxes and pink and red flowers.

Strawberry Themed Party Straws

I couldn't resist making some strawberry themed straws for our picnic. Using the "strawberry social paper straw topper" design from Cricut Design Space, or look for our strawberry cut file in Cricut Design Space here.

I used green instead of brown card stock, and I made some in red and some in pink.

DIY strawberry straws, with 3D cardstock strawberries on paper straws.

To assemble them, fold over the strawberries on the score line, and glue 4 of them together to make a fan shape, then glue them to the backing and add the leaves to the top of the strawberries. Lastly, hot glue your strawberry to a paper green, red, gold, or pink straw.

These would also make really adorable cupcake toppers in strawberry cupcakes too, just hot glue them to a toothpick instead of a straw. You could even adjust the size of these in Cricut Design Space and use them to make a cute strawberry themed banner.

Strawberry Picnic Table

Once you've made all your strawberry theme party supplies with your Cricut, it's time to set up our strawberry picnic party! We started by finding a shady spot with enough space in the backyard for our party area. This would be a lovely set up a local park or lake too.

Strawberry themed party table set up in backyard with buntng , flowers, and food.

Blankets and Throws for Lounging

We laid out some blankets, throws, and pillows for lounging around a short coffee table. And overhead we strung some simple picnic bunting in the branches. The bunting was super easy to make using an old cut up inexpensive white table cloth, some hot glue, and twine. Using a small table for a picnic allows you to set a really beautiful table and not worry about spilling, but still enjoy sitting around the table on the ground. The best of both worlds.

Flowers and Strawberries Centrepiece

To set the table I layered a pretty pink gingham table runner. Gingham is always perfect for a picnic setting, and helps set the mood. We went with a beautiful red and pink color scheme for our adorable theme. Down the centre of the table I wanted to use lots of strawberries and flowers. We filled our DIY strawberry baskets with lots of ripe strawberries to enjoy while we gathered.

Strawberry themed party table with pink and red strawberry decor, flowers, and food.

The table was also decorated with some beautiful red and pink flowers. We used garden roses, sweet william and peonies. I thought it would be a fun node to our theme to use some vintage mason jars as the vases, thinking of strawberry jam. If you didn't have vintage jars, upcycling some strawberry jam glass jars from the grocery store would be a great way to continue the theme. I just love how full and lush our centrepiece of strawberries in our handmade baskets, and flowers turned out.

Strawberry themed birthday table with flowers, and strawberry food.
Mason jar full of fresh flowers in pink and red, including roses and sweet William.
Basket of fresh strawberries with flowers in the background.

Guest Welcome

For our strawberry sign, we set it up beside a cute vintage picnic basket, and a pot of real strawberries. These look so beautiful as decor, and you can plant them in your garden afterward to be reminded of your picnic year after year.

"Strawberry Fields Forever" sign for a strawberry themed party with a planter of strawberry plants.
Planter of strawberry plants in front of a "strawberry fields forever" sign at a strawberry party.

The Place Settings

For the place settings at the table, we used some simple white dishes. You could definitely use paper plates for a picnic, but there's something about using real ceramic ones that makes the whole party feel a bit more special and elevated. The gold cutlery was perfect to tie into the gold straws, and the gold strawberry seeds on the 3D paper strawberries we made. We used some DIY pink ombre napkins -see exactly how to make the napkins here. For glassware, we used some simple stemless wine glasses, I love using these because they work for wine, water, or soft drinks. The strawberry straws look adorable in the glasses, ready for some strawberry lemonade. And at each place setting we also included our DIY 3D strawberries with strawberry chocolates inside for everyone.

Strawberry themed table with strawberry desserts, strawberry lemonade, flowers, fresh strawberries, and placesettings.
Strawberry favor box on a plate with strawberry lemonade in the background.

Strawberry Theme Party Food

I wanted our strawberry party to include lots of different strawberry themed foods for our picnic so that it was a dessert table in itself. On the morning of the party the last thing I did was go to my favourite local bakery and pick up some amazing strawberry sweets.

We chose mini cakes, macaroons, pink donuts, and strawberry pastries. You can't really have a strawberry themed party without strawberry shortcake!

Along with all the fresh strawberries on the table, there were lots of beautiful strawberry treats to enjoy and the food made our party table look even more beautiful.

For drinks, I made a batch a strawberry pink lemonade, perfect for sipping all afternoon.

Plater of strawberry donuts, macarons, and strawbery shortcakes on a party table.
Plater of strawberry desserts at a strawberry party.
Strawberry themed birthday party table with flowers, fresh strawberries, decorations, and food.
Plater of strawberry desserts in front of fresh flowers at a strawberry themed party.
A strawberry donut, strawberry shortcake, and cannoli on a platter at a strawberry party.

We had so much fun at this strawberry themed picnic that all our hard work and last minute shopping for treats was worth it. Our big day of picnicking was such a fun treat. This would be an amazing strawberry birthday theme too. Whether you're celebrating a first birthday, dessert with friends, a baby or wedding shower, girls' night, or date night a strawberry picnic is the perfect summer theme. Happy party planning!

A strawberry picnic set up with a low table and cushions, bunting, fresh flowers, placesettings, and decor for a strawberry themed party.

This post is sponsored by Cricut Canada. As always, all opinions are our own. Thanks for supporting the brands that make Life is a Party possible.

More Strawberry Inspiration

  • homemade strawberry rhubarb ice cream
    Strawberry Rhubarb Ice Cream Recipe
  • Easy strawberry shortcake push pops.
    Strawberry Shortcake Push Pops
  • Strawberry cobbler in a mason jar.
    Easy Homemade Strawberry Cobbler
  • Easy donut strawberry shortcake.
    Easy Donut Strawberry Shortcake

Frequently Asked Questions

Can you set up ahead of time?

Because this party is outside, you can not set up too far ahead of time. You can get all your supplies ready ahead of time, and ask someone to help you set up right before your party.

Where did you get the flowers?

We used a combination of flowers from the farmer's market and from our own garden. This is a great way to use in-season flowers. You could also order flowers from your local florist in red and pink.

What if I don't have a Cricut machine?

Many local libraries offer Cricut machines that are available to use in their makerspaces. Or you could make a sign with a chalkboard, or letter board and use store bought berry boxes.

If you tried any of these Strawberry Themed Party Ideas or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

How To Connect Cursive Letters On Cricut

Jun 22, 2022 · Leave a Comment

How to connect cursive letters in Cricut Design Space.

How To Connect Cursive Letters On Cricut: learn how to use letter spacing and ungroup letters to connect letters in Cricut Design Space.

How to connect cursive letters in Cricut Design Space.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

If you've ever added a cursive font to your Cricut Design Space canvas and noticed that the letters weren't touching this tutorial will teach you everything you need to know to connect them. Don't worry you can use any pretty script font, cute font, font style, or fancy script font you like with great results with these simple beginner methods in this free tutorial.

How To Connect Cursive Letters On Cricut YouTube Video

Prefer to learn by watching? Check out the YouTube video below to see exactly how to do it.

 

YouTube video

Kerned Fonts vs. Unkerned Fonts

Kerned text means that that the spacing between the letters has been automatically adjusted to look pleasing. Unkerned texts are not adjusted.  

Do I Need To Worry About This With A Kerned Font?

Lots of cursive fonts in Cricut Design Space are kerned, and when you add them to your canvas the letters will already be spaced out perfectly and touching. When you cut out these letters, they will automatically cut out all as one word. If your font is already kerned in Cricut Deisgn Space you'll be able to skip all the steps below. You can filter for only kerned fonts when you're choosing your font. To do this, click on the font, and then make sure the "only kerned fonts" box is checked, so that Cricut will only show those options.

unlearned text Cricut Design Space

Unkerned Fonts

There are still some unkerned cursive Cricut fonts though that you might see if you don't have the "only kerned fonts" filter box checked under fonts, or if you upload free fonts you may also have unkerned fonts, where you will have to manually adjust the lower case letters so that they are touching and then weld the letters together before cutting so that it cuts out as all one word rather than individual letters. There are a few different ways to adjust the letter spacing, and it's very easy to do, and doesn't take much time.

Whether you are cutting out words or using the writing feature with a pen, you'll want to make sure that the letters are connected together first.

Adjusting Letter Spacing Of The Whole Word

The first thing I like to do is to adjust the letter spacing of the entire word of a script font. You can use the letter spacing tool in the text edit menu at the top of the screen in desktop, between the font size and the line spacing tool. The letter spacing tool will equally adjust the spacing between the letters of the entire word. If you can't see the text edit menu bar, you need to first make sure a text box is selected. Adjust the letter spacing up and down arrow button. Adjust the spacing until the font tails are touching and where you like them. Don't forget to weld the script text together to cut them out as all one word and not individual letters.

how to connect cursive letters on Cricut

Adjusting The Spacing Of Individual Letters

You can also adjust the spacing of individual script letters within a word. To do this, make sure the word is selected and click on advanced at the right hand side of the text menu on the top toolbar of your canvas in desktop. Then choose Ungroup To Letters.

how to connect script font in Cricut

Now you can click on the individual letters and adjust each letter space by itself. Don't forget to weld them together afterwards if you want them to cut out as all one continuous word and not individual letters.

how to connect cursive on Cricut

Tips On How To Connect Cursive Letters On Cricut:

  • start your adjustments in the middle of the cursive text word and work outward so that you don't have to move every single letter
  • use the left and right arrow keys on your keyboard to adjust the letters from side to side. This the best way to keep the letters aligned on the bottom.

Combining Adjusting The Letter Spacing Of Whole Word And Individual Letter Adjustment

I usually begin adjusting a word with using the letter spacing tool, and getting the word adjusting so that most of the letters are touching and in a position I'm happy with. Then secondly I usually ungroup the individual letters and fine tune the spacing by adjusting individual letters as needed. I find using both methods together gives the best and easiest results.

Welding The Letters Together

If you don't weld the newly spaced letters together, even though they are touching they will still cut out as individual letters.

unkerned text

If you want the word to cut out as a single word, without cut lines between letters you must first use the weld tool to join them together. Don't forget this important final step. The easiest way to check your work is to look on the cut preview screen for any overlapping cut lines to make sure you haven't forgotten before cutting out on your Cricut machine.

To use the weld feature to weld a word together select the entire word by holding down the shift key and dragging a selection box around it with your mouse. You can also use the select all button at the top of the canvas in desktop if it's the only item on your canvas. You can also select it by holding down the shift button and clicking on each letter in the layers panel. Once your word is selected, click on the weld button at the bottom of the layers panel in the lower right corner of your canvas in desktop.

welding text Cricut Design Space

Once it's finished it will say weld result in the layers menu.

how to connect writing on Cricut

Now when you go to Make It, you will see on the cut preview screen that each of the letters will cut out all together as one word.

Welding Cricut Design Space

Troubleshooting Connecting Cursive Letters

Why Did The Loops Fill In When I Weld?

Sometimes if a font is quite small, the loops will fill in when you weld it together. If this happens, use the undo button to unweld the word. Next, make the word much lager with the scale button or font size. Now with the whole word still selected, weld the word again. It should weld together without filling in any loops. You can now adjust the size of the font back to the smaller size.

Why Did My Word Cut Out As Individual Letters?

You forgot to weld your letters together. Don't forget to select all the letters of your word and weld them together. This is like super gluing all the individual letters together and will ensure that each word cuts as all one piece.

I Moved Each Letter And Now My Text Isn't Lined Up At The Bottom

If you move each individual letter with your mouse, it can sometimes be hard to line up the text horizontally. You might have thought that you could use the align feature. But, it unfortunately doesn't work for this if you have any letter included with downward strokes, like g or p for example. If you use align bottom, the downward stoke letters will be moved to far up. So how do you fix this problem? The answer is to adjust the spacing of the individual letters using only the left and right arrows on your keyboard. That way they only adjust from side to side, and stay in place horizontally.

How Do I Curve The Text?

If you want to curve the text of unkerned cursive letters that needs to be attached and welded, you will have to do it before ungrouping to individual letters. The curve text function in Cricut Design Space is only available to you before you ungroup the letters. After you ungroup the letters the curve function will disappear from the text edit menu at the top of Cricut Design Space.

Curving cursive letters Cricut

It can be slightly difficult to adjust the curve to your desired amount when the letters are spaced out. Begin by adjust the letter spacing and curve until you are happy, and then choose to ungroup and adjust individual letters lastly for some fine tuning. Once you are happy don't forget to weld the letters together.

curving connecting letters on Cricut

Where Is The Unweld Button?

There is no unweld function in Cricut Design Space. You can use the undo button to go back if you decide to you want to unweld. Unfortunately this only works while you are editing in Cricut Design Space. If you open a saved project, you will not be able to use the undo button to reverse the weld function. Read this entire blog post all about how to unweld and what options you have here. It is sometimes helpful to think of weld as similar to permanent glue. It can not easily be undone.

how to curve connected script font Cricut

I hope this tutorial on how to connect cursive letters on Cricut has been helpful and that your feeling confident to use letter spacing, and ungrouped letters to create exactly what you want to in Cricut Design Space.

More Helpful Cricut Posts

  • Cricut mat sizes, and types and when to use each one.
    The Beginner's Guide to Cricut Mat Sizes and Types
  • How to sharpen a Cricut blade using household items step by step guide.
    How To Sharpen A Cricut Blade
  • Cricut transfer tape with a Cricut machine in the back ground.
    How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape
  • How to slice in Cricut Design Space.
    How To Slice In Cricut Design Space

DIY Graduation Party Decorations

Jun 1, 2022 · Leave a Comment

DIY Graduation Party Decorations

DIY Graduation Party Decorations: use your Cricut to create banners, custom stickers, a cake topper and balloon decals.

DIY Graduation Party Decorations
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Heading into graduation season, we're celebrating all the graduates with a fun graduation party with lots of cute DIY graduation party decorations made on our Cricut machine. It's such a great way to make your own custom DIY graduation decorations. These ideas would work well for a high school grad party or for a special party on graduation day. Even if you don't think of yourself as creative, Cricut allows you to create beautiful and co-ordinated events, and turns a daunting task into a fun one! We used Cricut Design Space, the free software where you design your projects, and Cricut fonts and images and our best graduation party ideas to create all our custom DIY graduation party decorations!

Cricut Graduation Projects

For our party we used a black, white and gold party decor color scheme, but you could also incorporate the school colors if you'd like to as a fun way to personalize the decor. These would look great with the addition of one or two bright colors also. The best part about creating your own custom party decorations is that you can choose all your own colors and designs for any special occasions.

Graduation party decor

DIY Graduation Party Decorations Materials:

  • Cricut Cutting Machine
  • Standard Grip Cutting Mat
  • White Card Stock
  • Black Card Stock
  • Gold Glitter Card Stock
  • White Glitter Card Stock
  • Black Glitter Card Stock
  • Black Glitter Vinyl
  • Gold Glitter Vinyl
  • Gold Foil Vinyl
  • Black Embroidery Cotton
  • Hot Glue Gun and Glue
  • Glue Stick
  • 3D Adhesive Foam Squares
  • Black and White Baker's Twine
  • Cricut Sticker Paper
  • Printer
  • Snack Bags
  • Lollipop Sticks

Bunting and Graduation Banners

It's always a great idea to create a backdrop for a food or dessert table for a party, it helps create a real focal point. We also wanted to incorporate the graduation year. We cut our banners and bunting out of cardstock and strung them with some baker's twine in black and white.

how to decorate for a graduation party

Graduation Year Banner

I wanted the 2022 banner to be a little larger than the rest, so I started with a black canvas and added the rounded arch shape from the shapes menu. I sized the outer black piece to be 6 inches wide. The layered white piece is 5 inches wide, and the font is Cricut Sans, font size 400, with an .25 offset gold layer behind it.

I cut it with black cardstock for the back, white cardstock for the next layer, gold glitter offset for the numbers, and black cardstock for the numbers. Layer the pieces together using a glue stick and small square adhesive 3D foam squares on the numbers to add height and interest.

Cricut graduation banner

Once they were glued together, we used a hole punch to add holes to each corner and black and white baker's twine to string them together to form the banner.

Congrats Banner

The congrats banner was made in much the same way as the graduation banner, but slightly smaller. The rounded arch from the shapes menu was 4 inches wide and white for the back piece, and 3.3 inches wide and black for the layer on top. We used the Cricut Sans font, lower case, font size 268 to write "congrats".

how to make bunting on your Cricut

To assemble the banner we used a glue stick to attach the white card stock scalloped bunting piece to the black layer. The letters are attached with 3D foam adhesive squares to add dimension. After glueing, we added holes to the corner with a hole punch and strung them together with black and white bakers twine.

Scalloped Bunting

I wanted to repeat the scalloped shape, and made a plain bunting to go with the others that was slightly smaller. Add the rounded arch from the shapes menu to your canvas and adjust the width to 2.5 inches. We added a .125 inch circle to each upper corner and used the slice tool to create a hole for stringing. I cut out 10 of each, which fit on one 12 x 12 sheet of cardstock in white, white glitter, black, black glitter, and gold glitter.

graduation bunting DIY

We randomly strung the different colours with baker's twine to create a pretty bunting. We strung ours as part of the food table but these would be great strung outside for a backyard graduation party or over a gift table for a graduation celebration. Paper decorations are such an easy way to decorate on a budget.

Personalized Balloons

We picked up some really inexpensive mylar balloons at the dollar store and personalized them with our Cricut and some vinyl. To create the designs search for "graduation" images in Cricut Design Space. There are tons to choose from, we used Adventure Begins #M9AE555E, and used contour to remove the design at the bottom. We also used the Cricut Sans font to write 2022, and congrats to match the banners. All three pieces were sized to fit,  using the scale button to be about 7 inches wide to fit nicely on our balloons.

how to personalize a balloon with Cricut

We cut the "Let the adventure begin" out of foil vinyl, and the black and gold removable vinyl. Once the pieces are all cut out of the vinyl, use your weeding tool to weed them. Next, cut a piece of regular transfer tape to fit the gold vinyl, and use a scraper to burnish it. Now use the transfer tape to place in on the front of the balloon and your fingers to gently burnish it onto the balloon, then carefully remove the transfer tape.

DIY graduation party decor made with Cricut

For the glitter vinyl, be sure to use strong hold transfer tape. I was worried it might be too sticky to remove from the balloon, but it worked out great.

You could customize this project for your own party theme and colors. You could even add a personal touch with the graduate's name, or school name. These would be great for high school graduation parties or a college graduation celebration. You could even use these as an inexpensive graduation centerpiece.

how to decorate a balloon with Cricut

Graduation Cap Champagne Glasses

These were one of my favourite DIY graduation party decoration ideas. And they were really easy to make with this DIY tutorial. Search for "Graduate Champagne Glass" in projects. We chose to customize ours, because our glasses were slightly larger, so be sure to test it for size before cutting a whole set out. We cut them out of black card stock, and glued them together with a hot glue gun.

graduation party caps

To make the tassel, I used some black embroidery thread and then used a darning needle to add it to the centre of the cap, with a small piece of tape on the inside to hold it. Be sure to make sure they're all the same length, we did this by lining the tassel up with the point of one corner of the hat. Once they're finished place them on to some champagne glasses.

DIY graduation party

These would also make fun party favors for party guests, friends and family members filled with a sweet treat like M and Ms or any other candy in your party colors.

graduation party ideas

DIY Stickers

One more fun addition to our special grad party was to make our own custom stickers using the Cricut Print Then Cut feature. To make these we chose some designs from Cricut images. Search "graduation" in images for lots of great options. We used the "Let the adventure begin #M9AE555E and "Class of 2022" #M39F801BE. We layered the images with a circle shape, and a scalloped circle shape, from the shapes menu. I thought the scallops would tie in well with the scalloped shaped bunting and banners. We made our finished stickers about 1.5 inches Don't forget to flatten the designs when you're finished so that you can use Print Then Cut.

cricut stickers

DIY Graduation Party Decorations: use your Cricut to create banners, custom stickers, a cake topper and balloon decals.When you're ready to make it, you'll be prompted to print the stickers on your printer. We used Cricut sticker paper, which worked really well. Next you place the sticker paper, backer side down, and cut it out on your Cricut. The black registration marks around the outside of the sticker sheet allow the Cricut to read where the images are and cut them out perfectly. If your stickers are not lined up perfectly, you need to calibrate your Cricut machine. You will see the calibration button on the hamburger menu, by clicking on the top left corner of your screen. Follow the prompts to calibrate your machine for perfect sticker cuts.

graduation stickers made with Cricut

Kiss Cut or Die Cut

You can create kiss cut or die cut stickers. When you are browsing your materials, choose sticker paper from the list for a kiss cut, or heavy cardstock for a die cut.

We chose images from Cricut, but you could also personalize the stickers with your own text, or school colors. You could even upload the school logo, or a photo of the graduate. This is such a cute way to add a special touch for the big day.

graduation party favour ideas

I used the stickers on treat bags. We picked up some of our favourite cookies and placed them in treat bags with the sticker. These could be enjoyed at the party, or taken home as party favors. You could also use these stickers to decorate candy jars, paper cups, or as straw toppers. The die cut stickers would make fun party favours too.

black and white graduation party ideas

DIY Cake Topper

It's not really party without cake, is it? We made a fun cake topper and added it to an inexpensive cake as the perfect table centerpiece.  It looked great on the table, and was a delicious treat to enjoy.

black and white graduation party decorations

To make the cake topper we opened a canvas in Cricut Design Space, and added "Graduation Cap Cake Topper" from projects. We customized it by adding the graduation year. To do this we used Cricut Sans, font size 83 to add the year. We used the offset at 0.25 to create the outline of the numbers. Ungroup the letters, under advanced settings to move them around and get the right spacing. We changed the color of the main part of the cake topper to gold, and also made the offset outline of the numbers gold. Then we selected each offset one at a time and the main cake topper and welded them together. Welding them takes away the individual cut lines, and cuts them out all as one piece.

To cut out our cake topper we also cut out an extra main gold piece, but used the mirror setting. That gave us a gold glitter piece for the back as well, and hid the sticks we glued to the back.

how to make graduation cake topper with Cricut

We cut our topper out of gold glitter cardstock and black glitter card stock. To put them together, we used 3D foam adhesive pieces for the black numbers and grad cap to add dimension. We used a glue gun to add two long lollipop sticks to push into the cake, then used more hot glue to add our back piece.

Cricut graduation cake topper

For the party we just pushed the lollipop sticks into the cake for the perfect grad cake that matched the rest of our DIY party decorations. If you were serving cupcakes you could easily make something similar that was small enough to use as cupcake toppers.

Cricut graduation party ideas

Graduation Party Set-Up

We set up all our custom DIY graduation party decorations to create an area where we could celebrate after the graduation ceremony. The food was kept simple.  We served cake, and sparkling lemonade, and guests could enjoy the cookies or take them home as a party favor. We hung the banners and bunting with simple tape. One of my favourite additions were the flowers.  We used a combination of grocery store roses, and flowers from the garden made a gorgeous all white arrangement.

black and white graduation ideas
graduation party

To keep things easy, and focused on celebrating all the decorations can be made weeks ahead of time. For the balloons, cut out the vinyl ahead of time, and apply the vinyl to the balloons the day of. The balloons should last for days. We ordered the cake from our favourite bakery.  The cookies were store-bought  to keep things really simple for the actual party day.

make your own graduation party decorations

I hope these decoration ideas help inspire you for your own graduation party. Choose your colors, and get creating, and celebrate your university or high school graduates! With a these gorgeous DIY graduation party decorations, life really is a party!

DIY graduation party decor ideas

This post is sponsored by Cricut Canada.  As always, all opinions expressed are my own.  Thanks for supporting the brands that make Life is a Party possible.

How To Make Earrings With A Cricut

May 18, 2022 · Leave a Comment

How to make earrings with your Cricut machine,

Make beautiful one of kind earrings with your Cricut machine. See how to design leather & faux-leather earrings in Cricut Design Space, cut, add iron-on vinyl, and assemble.

How to make earrings with your Cricut machine,
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why We Love This Craft

  • These are fun to make, with all different colors and styles to match your fashion.
  • You can use leather or faux leather.
  • Add in other materials like iron-on vinyl or chain for even more looks.
  • Handmade Cricut ear ring are great for yourself, to give as gifts, or to sell.
Handmade leather earrings made with Cricut cutting machine.

Cricut earrings are a simple project to make and there are so many ways you can combine materials to make endless combinations. We're using Cricut leather for ours, but there is faux leather available too. There are many different colours you can use as well. We also added some Iron-On vinyl to ours, which increases the possibilities for different colour combinations and patterns.

Materials:

Labelled picture of the materials need to create earrings with the Cricut.
  • Cricut Maker machine: I used my Cricut Maker machine to make this project with the deep cut blade to cut out the leather. You can also use the Explore with the deep cut blade. If you have a Cricut Joy, you will have to use the faux leather and the fine point blade for this project.
  • Cricut deep cut blade
  • strong grip mat
  • painter's tape: Use the paint's tape to help hold the leather to the mat for cutting.
  • leather or faux leather: Cricut makes leather and faux leather that you can use for this project. You can also look for leather at craft stores or on-line.
  • sharp scissors: These are just for trimming any fuzzy edges of the back of the leather after it's cut into shape.
  • earring wires
  • jump rings: Look for different sizes, small, medium, and large.
  • chain: This is optional to add some interest to your earrings. Choose whatever thickness and silver or gold that you prefer.
  • needle nose pliers
  • wire cutters: These are for cutting the chain to the right length.
  • leather hole punch: Earrings need a hole in the top to connect the earring findings too. I didn't include these as part of my design. Most of my earrings are cut out of real leather, using the Cricut Maker machine, and knife blade. This tiny hole is too fine to cut out well with real leather and the knife blade.

I used a leather punch for this step. It's similar to a paper hole punch, but stronger and with more hole size options. You can pick one up at a craft store.

If you were making faux leather earrings, you might want to include the hole at the top, and any other holes you were using to connect pieces together as part of your design in Design Space. Faux leather can be cut with a regular fine point blade, and can make these kind of small detailed cuts. If you are including these are part of the design, add a small circle from shapes and position it and size it to fit. Select the earring and the circle and click the slice button. Delete the original circle, the cut out circle, so that you're left with the earring with the hole in the top.

  • Cricut easy press mini: The easy press mini worked great for this project. Check the Cricut Heat Guide for guidance on timings and settings. If you don't have an easy press mini, you can also use a regular iron for this step.
  • iron-on vinyl: We used shiny gold and mat gold, but you can use whatever colors you like.

Watch the Video On How To Make Earrings With A Cricut

If you prefer to see how to make the earrings, check out the YouTube video below.

 

YouTube video

Design Your Earrings

Start by opening a new project in Cricut design space to create your earring design. You can either choose from some of the earring projects in ready made projects, or design your own cricut cut file using simple shapes.

To design your own, go to the shapes button on the left side on desktop, and choose one or more different shapes for your earrings. We made a few designs and used the semi-circle, square, teardrop, and arches. Play around with different sizes and combinations until you're happy with it. You might want to think about joining several shapes, as well as using different colours of genuine leather or faux leather or faux suede. Make some in larger or a smaller size, depending on your preferences.

Rectangle Earrings:

Start with a square from the free shapes and adjust to 1.5 x .43

Teardrop Shape Earring:

Add a teardrop from the shapes and adjust to 2 inches long.

Inverted Pinched Teardrop:

Add a teardrop from the shapes and adjust to 2 inches long, rotate the shape 180 degrees.

Arch and Semi Circle:

Start with the solid arch. Duplicate and make a smaller one. Use align to centre it horizontally. Select both arches and use the slice tool to cut out the centre. Delete the extra pieces. Add a semi-circle, and rotate it 270 degrees. Make the semi-circle the same width as the width of the arch. The finished size for the arch is a height of 1.75", with a width of 1.324" and the semi-circle is 1.324 wide and 0.667 tall.

Solid Arch:

Add an arch shape from the shapes, size 2.2 x 1.45"

Cricut design space screen showing leather earring designs.

Design The Iron-On Vinyl Overlay

For some of our earrings, we added some heat transfer vinyl on top of the leather. This is a fun way to add more detail and different layers to your earrings. You can choose any colour of iron-on vinyl, including foil iron on, which add a little sparkle. Combining the different material adds a lot of interest to the earring design.

To create our iron-on vinyl overlay we started by searching for "mandala" in images. Look for ones that are not too fine and detailed because it will be really difficult to weed, when it's made small enough to fit onto an earring. The larger and chunkier the lines, the easier it will be to weed and work with.

We choose Mandalas #M4A771F6 and also Mandalas #M4A771F6 (from Cricut Design Space).

Once you've chosen your image lay it over your earring shape and change the colour to gold -or whatever colour you choose, and then play around with size and rotate the mandala until you're happy with the design. I liked it off-centre and oversized. Next, select the mandala and the earring in the layers panel and slice. Delete the extra layers, so that you're left with the exact pattern to fit the earring.

Once we're completely happy with the design, we'll use the duplicate button to make an exact copy so that we have a full pair of earrings cut out that match perfectly.

Cutting Out The Earrings and Vinyl

Leather

I cut out most of the earring shapes in real leather using the Maker cutting machine and a the knife blade.

You can also cut out leather on the Cricut Explore or Cricut Explore Air using the deep point blade.

I love the weight of the leather, and how it hangs, as well as the texture and natural variations. I didn't find the leather hard to work with, although you may find it helpful to do a test cut first. There are many different kinds of leather to work with. Choose different colours or even metallic leather for a little bling.

Settings

When you're ready to make your earrings, click on the Make It button on the top of the canvas. This will bring you to the cut preview screen. Make sure everything looks right and that the sizing looks good on the mat, then press the continue button.

Next you set your Base Material. Click on Browse All Materials, and type leather in the search bar. You will see lots of different leather options.

I chose the Tooling Leather 4-5 oz. material settings for my cuts, which uses the knife blade in the Maker.

The genuine leather uses the deep cut blade, and is compatible with the Explore and the Maker.

Real leather varies greatly in thickness, so it can be a little tricky to know which settings to use on your Cricut. Here's a few tips:

  • use a small ruler to measure the thickness of your leather piece
  • before unloading your cutting mat from the machine, check to make sure it's cut through. If it isn't press the cut button again, and keep doing this until it's cut through.
  • do a small test cut before cutting out your whole project so that you don't waste materials.
  • cut out one set of earrings at a time, and adjust the settings for the next cut if you find it over or under cut the previous set.

Preparing The Cutting Mat

Use the stronggrip purple mat for cutting leather and tape the outside of the leather onto the cricut mat with painter's tape.

Take some care though, I found that some of my leather was marked by the painters tape. Either flip the leather over, or apply the tape with a very thin overlap to avoid this problem. Note that I found a more clean cut with the leather good side up.

Taping a piece of leather to a Cricut cutting mat to make DIY leather earrings.

The leather may leave a lot of debris on your mat, so use an older stronggrip mat for this job if you have one. You can clean the mat afterward with your scraper and the baby wipe or dish soap method afterward -read more about how to clean your mats here. Some people also like to cover their mat with transfer tape before cutting something messy like leather. That way, when you are finished you just peel off the transfer tape and are left with a clean mat underneath. This might be something you'd like to try.

After cutting the leather, you may need to trim any frayed edges with some sharp edges to clean them up slightly.  Cut just the frayed bits, taking care not to cut into the shape.

Black leather cut into teardrop shapes with Cricut machine.

Faux Leather

You can also make these earrings out of faux leather. It's very similar to leather but much thinner and easier to cut. It's a great option if you'd like to make these earrings with a Cricut Joy, because you can cut it with a regular fine point blade. You can also cut the faux leather with a regular green standardgrip mat.

Some people don't like the back of faux leather, and cut out an extra and glue them together with a glue like E600, or cover the back with iron-on vinyl. You can also leave it plain, which ever look you prefer.

Iron-Vinyl

To cut out your iron-on vinyl, use the iron-on vinyl setting on the Cricut and make sure your fine point is in place. Use a standard grip green mat, and apply the vinyl backing side or shiny side down.

Once your iron-on is cut out it's time to weed it. Use the weeding tool to remove the negative pieces from the design. This can be tricky with such small pieces, so take your time, and make sure to work in good light.

Adding iron-on vinyl to to leather earrings with a Cricut easy press mini.

Applying the Iron-On

We used our Cricut Easypress Mini to apply the iron-on, you can also use a household iron -see Cricut's heat guide for settings.

Adding iron-on vinyl to handmade leather earrings with a Cricut easy press mini.

Set the Easypress Mini to low, and wait for the light to turn green when it's ready to use.

Align your iron-on vinyl and use the Easypress Mini for about 10 seconds to apply the design. Wait for it to cool, and then carefully peel off the backer sheet.

Adding iron-on vinyl to leather earrings made with Cricut.

The heat guide suggested a much longer pressing time, but we found it was too long and created ghosting -where the glue had over melted and oozed out around the design leaving a white line around it. My advice is to practise with scrap pieces of leather and iron-on and work out the best timing for your materials.

If you under press the iron-on it won't stick to the leather, and will peel off with the backing piece. You can always press it more if you have this problem.

If you over press the iron-on it will create the ghosting effect where there's a white outline of glue, or it won't stick to the leather and will come off with the backing piece. If you've got ghosting you can usually remove the excess vinyl by heating it up again and carefully peeling it off of the leather. You can then try again with a new piece.

Assembling The Earrings

To put the DIY leather earrings together you will need some earring hardware including jump rings, the earring hooks, chain, needle nose pliers and wire cutters.

Jump Rings

To open the jump rings, use two sets of needle nose pliers to grasp each side and twist the ring in opposite directions. Use jewelry pliers to close the ring by twisting it back together in the same way.

Making leather earrings with jump rings and needle nose pliers.

Leather Punch

For all of the earrings, except for the inverted pinched teardrop, and the arch and semi circle earrings, begin by creating the hole in the top of the earring with the leather punch. As a general rule you want the hole to be placed at a depth of about half of the depth of the jump ring you're using, from the edge of the leather. We used assorted jump rings that came in a small, medium, and large, and adjusted the spacing of where the hole in the leather was accordingly.

Leather hole punch used on DIY Cricut earrings.

Hanging Direction

A word about hanging direction as you begin to actually put the earrings together. There are several styles of earring wires to choose from, I went with the really simple earring wire style, but choose whichever you prefer. When you're putting the earrings together, you will want to make sure that the finished earring hangs so that it faces outward. This will depend on the direction of and how many jump rings you use. Every jump ring changes the direction. If you don't want extra jump rings, you can also twist the actual earring wire. Use your small needle nose pilers and twist the direction of the hanging loop on the ear wire, if you want to avoid adding extra jump rings to turn the hanging direction of your earring. This will make more sense when you start putting the earrings together.

Adding chain details to DIY Cricut leather earrings.

Rectangle Earrings:

To put together the rectangle earrings, use the pliers to twist the direction of the earring wire, and add a medium jump ring ring to the top hole in the earring, along with a piece of chain. Cut two matching lengths of chain with wire cutters to your prefered length, longer or shorter than the leather rectangle.

DIy brown leather earrings with chain detail, made with Cricut machine.

Teardrop Shape Earring:

To assemble the popular teardrop shape earring with the vinyl overlay, use a medium jump ring to the leather piece, and then a smaller jump ring to attach it to the earring wire.

Pink teardrop leather earrings made with Cricut machine.

Inverted Pinched Teardrop:

To make the inverted teardrop earrings, you want to make two small holes at the top of your earring about 1 cm apart using the leather punch, these will be used to pinch the leather together. Cut two matching pieces of chain, slightly longer than the earring. To assemble the earring, put a medium jump ring through the first hole, the chain, the second hole, and the earring (in that order), then close the jump ring.

Black leather earrings with gold chain detail made with Cricut machine.

Top Arch and Bottom Semi Circle:

For the earrings with the arch on top, and the semi circle on the bottom, use the leather punch to create one hole at top of the arch, and two holes at the bottom, one on each side. Take care to centre the holes, as you want the earrings to be well balanced. You can create a paper template of the earring, and fold it in half at each stop to find the exact centre spot for the holes if you want to. For the semi circle, make two holes on the flat side, lined up with where they'll attach to the arch piece.

To put it all together, use a large jump ring at the top of the leather arch, into a small jump ring, and then into the ear ring wire. Next, attach the semi circle to the bottom of the arch with two large jump rings.

DIY pink and gold leather dangling earrings made with Cricut machine.

Top Semi Circle and Bottom Arch:

For these earrings, start by making an earring hole in the top and bottom of the semi circle piece. You will want to take care to make sure these are centre, so that your earrings hangs well when it's put together. You can use a paper template, folded in half to help if you need to. Next punch a hole in the top of the leather arch, again right in the centre.

Now the final step is to attach the semi circle to the earring wire with one large jump ring. Twist the ear wires to make it hang straight. Next, use another large jump ring to attach the arch to the bottom of the semi circle.

Semi-circle and arch leather dangly earrings made with Cricut machine.

Solid Arch:

Use a medium jump ring in the faux leather arch, then a small jump ring to attach them to the earring wire.

Leather earrings with iron-on vinyl made with Cricut machine.

Customize

You can play around with the sizes and number of jump rings, as well as the chain you use to create any look you love. There's no right or wrong way, just have fun and enjoy the creative process. There is no end of different ways of putting together combinations of leather and faux leather in different colors, vinyl top layer colours, or jewelry finding metal finishes. Cricut jewelry is my new favourite hobby. It's such an easy project and has such amazing results.

Use these as your own earrings, or give them to friends and family as great gifts. These are also the easiest way to create gorgeous earrings to match any outfit. I hope the step by step tutorial on how to make earrings with a Cricut has been helpful. With beautiful earrings like these, life really is a party!

Seven different pairs of leather and faux leather earrings made with Cricut machine.

More Cricut Posts

  • Cricut mat sizes, and types and when to use each one.
    The Beginner's Guide to Cricut Mat Sizes and Types
  • How to sharpen a Cricut blade using household items step by step guide.
    How To Sharpen A Cricut Blade
  • How to clean a cricut mat using Dawn soap, scraper and baby wipes.
    The Best Way To Clean A Cricut Cutting Mat
  • Cricut transfer tape with a Cricut machine in the back ground.
    How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape

If you have tried any of these Cricut Earring Ideas or any other ideas on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

Recipe

How to make earrings with your Cricut machine,

Cricut Ear Rings

Make earrings using your Cricut to cut out leather, suede, or faux leather and iron-on viny.
No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Prep Time: 30 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 2 hours hours
Total Time: 2 hours hours 30 minutes minutes
Servings: 7 Paris of Earrings
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist
Cost: $20

Equipment

  • Cricut cutting machine
  • Cricut Knife Blade
  • Strong Grip Mat
  • Cricut Easy Press Mini
  • leather hole punch
  • Needle Nose Pillers
  • Wire Cutters
  • sharp scissors

Materials

  • Leather, Suede, or Faux Leather
  • Iron-On Vinyl
  • Painter's Tape
  • Jewlery Chain
  • Earring Wires
  • Small and Medium Sized Jump Rings

Instructions

  • Start by opening a new project in Cricut design space to create your earring design. You can either choose from some of the earring projects in ready made projects, or design your own cricut cut file using simple shapes.
    To design your own, go to the shapes button on the left side on desktop, and choose one or more different shapes for your earrings. We made a few designs and used the semi-circle, square, teardrop, and arches. Play around with different sizes and combinations until you're happy with it. You might want to think about joining several shapes, as well as using different colours of genuine leather or faux leather or faux suede. Make some in larger or a smaller size, depending on your preferences.
    Rectangle Earrings: Start with a square from the free shapes and adjust to 1.5 x .43
    Teardrop Shape Earrings: Add a teardrop from the shapes and adjust to 2 inches long.
    Inverted Pinched Teardrop Earrings: Add a teardrop from the shapes and adjust to 2 inches long, rotate the shape 180 degrees.
    Arch and Semi Circle Earrings: Start with the solid arch. Duplicate and make a smaller one. Use align to centre it horizontally. Select both arches and use the slice tool to cut out the centre. Delete the extra pieces. Add a semi-circle, and rotate it 270 degrees. Make the semi-circle the same width as the width of the arch. The finished size for the arch is a height of 1.75", with a width of 1.324" and the semi-circle is 1.324 wide and 0.667 tall.
    Solid Arch Earrings: Add an arch shape from the shapes, size 2.2 x 1.45"
  • To create our iron-on vinyl overlay we started by searching for "mandala" in images. Look for ones that are not too fine and detailed because it will be really difficult to weed, when it's made small enough to fit onto an earring. The larger and chunkier the lines, the easier it will be to weed and work with.
    We choose Mandalas #M4A771F6 and also Mandalas #M4A771F6 (from Cricut Design Space).
    Once you've chosen your image lay it over your earring shape and change the colour to gold -or whatever colour you choose, and then play around with size and rotate the mandala until you're happy with the design. Next, select the mandala and the earring in the layers panel and slice. Delete the extra layers, so that you're left with the exact pattern to fit the earring.
    Once we're completely happy with the design, we'll use the duplicate button to make an exact copy so that we have a full pair of earrings cut out that match perfectly.
  • Cutting Out The Earrings
    Leather: When you're ready to make your earrings, click on the Make It button on the top of the canvas. This will bring you to the cut preview screen.
    Next you set your Base Material. Click on Browse All Materials, and type leather in the search bar. You will see lots of different leather options. Real leather varies greatly in thickness, see the tips above to get the best cut.
    Use the stronggrip purple mat for cutting leather and tape the outside of the leather onto the cricut mat with painter's tape. Take some care though, I found that some of my leather was marked by the painters tape. Either flip the leather over, or apply the tape with a very thin overlap to avoid this problem. Note that I found a more clean cut with the leather good side up. The genuine leather uses the deep cut blade, and is compatible with the Explore and the Maker.
    Faux Leather: You can also make these earrings out of faux leather. It's very similar to leather but much thinner and easier to cut. It's a great option if you'd like to make these earrings with a Cricut Joy, because you can cut it with a regular fine point blade. You can also cut the faux leather with a regular green standardgrip mat.
  • Iron-Vinyl: To cut out our iron-on vinyl, use the iron-on vinyl setting and make sure your fine point is in place. Use a standard grip green mat, and apply the vinyl backing side or shiny side down.
    Once your iron-on is cut out it's time to weed it. Use the weeding tool to remove the negative pieces from the design. This can be tricky with such small pieces, so take your time, and make sure to work in good light.
    Applying the Iron-On: We used our Cricut Easypress Mini to apply the iron-on, you can also use a household iron -see Cricut's heat guide for settings.
  • Rectangle Earrings: To put together the rectangle earrings, use the pliers to twist the direction of the earring wire, and add a medium jump ring to the top hole in the earring, along with a piece of chain. Cut two matching lengths of chain with wire cutters to your preferred length, longer or shorter than the leather rectangle.
  • Teardrop Shape Earring: To assemble the popular teardrop shape earring with the vinyl overlay, use a medium jump ring to the leather piece, and then a smaller jump ring to attach it to the earring wire.
  • Inverted Pinched Teardrop: To make the inverted teardrop earrings, you want to make two small holes at the top of your earring about 1 cm apart using the leather punch, these will be used to pinch the leather together. Cut two matching pieces of chain, slightly longer than the earring. To assemble the earring, put a medium jump ring through the first hole, the chain, the second hole, and the earring (in that order), then close the jump ring.
  • Top Arch and Bottom Semi Circle: For the earrings with the arch on top, and the semi circle on the bottom, use the leather punch to create one hole at top of the arch, and two holes at the bottom, one on each side. Take care to centre the holes, as you want the earrings to be well balanced. You can create a paper template of the earring, and fold it in half at each stop to find the exact centre spot for the holes if you want to. For the semi circle, make two holes on the flat side, lined up with where they'll attach to the arch piece.
    To put it all together, use a large jump ring at the top of the leather arch, into a small jump ring, and then into the earring wire. Next, attach the semi circle to the bottom of the arch with two large jump rings.
  • Top Semi Circle and Bottom Arch: For these earrings, start by making an earring hole in the top and bottom of the semi circle piece. You will want to take care to make sure these are centre, so that your earrings hangs well when it's put together. You can use a paper template, folded in half to help if you need to. Next punch a hole in the top of the leather arch, again right in the centre.
    Now the final step is to attach the semi circle to the earring wire with one large jump ring. Twist the ear wires to make it hang straight. Next, use another large jump ring to attach the arch to the bottom of the semi circle.
  • Solid Arch:  Use a medium jump ring in the faux leather arch, then a small jump ring to attach them to the earring wire.

Notes

Every jump ring changes the direction. If you don't want extra jump rings, you can also twist the actual earring wire. Use your small needle nose pilers and twist the direction of the hanging loop on the ear wire, if you want to avoid adding extra jump rings to turn the hanging direction of your earring. This will make more sense when you start putting the earrings together.

How To Sharpen A Cricut Blade

May 1, 2022 · 4 Comments

How to sharpen a Cricut blade using household items step by step guide.

If you've been searching for how to sharpen Cricut blade, you've probably heard about the aluminum foil method. While it may clean your blade, it doesn't truly make it sharp again. In this guide, I'll walk you through the easy, proven way to restore your Cricut blade's cutting edge using items you already have at home.

How to sharpen a Cricut blade using household items step by step guide.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

There is a very popular "tip" in the Cricut community that you can sharpen your Cricut blades using a sheet aluminum foil.

Spoiler alert, this doesn't actually sharpen the blade at all.

So why doesn't it seem to work and why do so many Cricut crafters swear by it?  We'll answer that along with how to sharpen your Cricut blade with some common household items.

Many Cricut crafters like to save money and instead of replacing dull blades with a new blade whenever they stop cutting well, they want to sharpen the old blades. I'm all for it.  Who doesn't like to save a little money, and reuse old materials?

The fact is that I have often had to put a replacement blade in my Cricut machine, and would love to be able to sharpen them instead. After a while, a used blade will get dull, especially when cutting thicker materials. You will notice with intricate cuts in things like paper and cardstock that it can start to pull and tear on the Cricut mat when the blade becomes dull. Or you may find that the different materials don't cut all the way through to the cutting mat when the blade is dull.

You might also like our Beginner's Guide to Cricut Mats, The Best Way To Clean A Cricut Mat, and How To Make a Doormat with Cricut and Vinyl Iron-On.

Why Does Everyone Say To Use A Ball Of Aluminum Foil?

Many Cricut experts advise users to use a ball of aluminum foil to sharpen their dull fine point blades.  With this method, you are supposed to plunge your blade carefully into a foil ball over and over to sharpen it.  

Cricut users aren't the only ones who swear by a sheet of aluminum foil to sharpen a blade. Lots of people use this tin foil technique for sharpening scissors too, and swear by it. This is probably where Cricut users got the idea of using aluminum foil.

Cricut fine point blade removed from housing before sharpening, beside a tinfoil ball.

The truth is that cutting aluminum foil or punching a blade into a piece of aluminum foil doesn't really sharpen the blade. So why do so many users say it works?

If you think about sharpening a blade of a knife, you need to drag the blade along something abrasive, at the right angle, on both sides to restore the dulled edge of the metal. The same is true of a Cricut blade. The Cricut brand blade is in fact a very tiny knife. It has a tip on the end of two sharpened edges.

When you cut through a aluminum foil ball it is in fact, if anything, you're probably dulling the blade, and wearing off the sharp edge, because it is quite a hard material.

Why are your cuts better afterward then?

If aluminum foil in fact does not work to sharpen a Cricut blade, why do so many people swear by it?

The act of plunging the blade into foil may be cleaning the blade. If there is any debris from cutting sticky materials like adhesive vinyl, or glitter, or any dirt on the blade, then the friction caused by cutting through the aluminum foil is likely cleaning it off. So it may in fact genuinely feel like a better cut afterward, but this is because the blade is cleaner, not sharper.

It's probably ok to occasionally use the aluminum foil method to clean your blade, but doing this every time you cut, like some Cricut experts suggest is probably dulling your blade rather than sharpening it.

How Can You Sharpen A Cricut Blade With Household Items

If you think of your Cricut blade as a teeny tiny knife, you will realize you need to sharpen it in the same way you would sharpen a knife blade. You can use a method similar to sharpening a straight edge razor.

Remember seeing this method in the movies? A barber would use a strap of leather and pull the blade along it to sharpen it before shaving a man's beard.  There was another section of the sharpener that had an abrasive substance on it, and it acts as a very fine sandpaper that restores the edge on the blade.

Because a straight edge razor isn't used to cut anything more coarse than a beard, the blade doesn't generally nick, or roll, it just loses its edge with wear. By pulling it away from the cutting edge on a slightly abrasive surface the edge is restored. In the same way a Cricut blade loses its edge with wear.  It too can be restored by being pulled away from the sharp edge on a flat, slightly abrasive surface.

If you're interested in a detailed demonstration and explanation of this check out this video from a professional knife sharpener -Joe Calton,  who applies his knowledge to sharpening his wife's dull Cricut blades.

In order to sharpen the Cricut blade with easily accessible household materials, the video recommended creating an abrasive surface from regular toothpaste.  It also mentioned how the toothpaste cleaned teeth, by containing the fine abrasive that acts as a polish.  

I had trouble with the toothpaste method.  Mine was gummy rather than abrasive.

Then I remembered how Vim cleanser has a fine grit to it, and drys with a powdery residue sometimes.  I ended up using Vim cleanser to create my abrasive surface, and it worked perfectly.

How to sharpen your old Cricut blade using household cleanser and paper.

A Word Of Caution

A word of caution, you will need to find the best angle to sharpen your Cricut blade. You want to pull along the existing edge to restore it.

Too much pressure in the wrong place may damage the edge.

With a large knife it's quite easy to see and feel that you are holding the knife at the right angle. This is much trickier with the teeny tiny cutting edge of the Cricut blade. But, if your blade is dull and destined to be thrown out anyway, you have nothing to lose by trying this method.

Materials:

  • mild abrasive material like toothpaste or Vim cleanser
  • natural light
  • piece of paper
  • small pliers
  • dull fine point Cricut blade 
  • magnifying glass
Materials for sharpening Cricut blade including Vim cleanser, and paper.

How To Sharpen Your Cricut Blade With Vim Cleanser

Watch our YouTube video below for a demonstration.

 

YouTube video

1. First, apply a tiny amount of Vim cleanser to a piece of clean paper in a smear, and allow it to dry. You can hurry up the drying process by using a hairdryer. The cleanser will act as an abrasive to create a rough surface to sharpen the blade, almost like a very fine sandpaper.

I did also experiment with toothpaste first, which was recommended in the video I linked above. The brand I was using didn't dry very well. It remained gummy on the paper, and I found it hard to work with. A different brand of toothpaste might have worked. I remembered that Vim cleanser can leave a dry powdery residue and decided to try it. It worked really well for me.

2. Once the cleanser is dry, you are ready to sharpen the blade. First remove the blade from the quickswap tools housing. Even a dull blade is sharp enough to cut yourself, so do take care. You may want to use some pliers to remove it from the fine point blade housing.

3. Find a spot next to a window, with good natural light. You may also like to use some magnifying glasses.  Even an inexpensive one from the dollar store will help you see the blade edge more clearly.

Holding the blade in your fingers, or with some small pliers, drag the blade away from the cutting edge at the same 45 degree angle as the cutting edge.  Do this about 15 times on each side of the blade. Take care to hold the blade at the same angle as the existing blade edge. You can use a magnifying glass to look at your blade as you go.  This will help ensure the angle is working and the blade is being sharpened.

4. When you are finished you can make a test cut, and insure you have a sharp blade. If not, you can continue to sharpen it until it makes nice clean cuts again.

How Many Times Can You Sharpen A Cricut Blade Like This?

You could sharpen the blade like this over and over again. Essentially, until the blade becomes too short, you can re-sharpen as many times as you like. This method will greatly expand the average useful life of a premium fine point blade.

Can You Use This Method For Other Cricut Blades?

About 90% of the time most Cricut users will use the premium fine-point blade. It cuts a lot of different materials like paper and vinyl. But there are lot of different blades for Cricut machines too. Some of the different types of cricut blades are the deep point blade, the wavy blade, the cricut joy blade, the cricut knife blade, bonded fabric blade, perforation blade, and the cricut rotary blade. These blades are all for getting the best cuts out of a variety of different materials. Many of the blades use the quickswap housing adaptive tool system, to make switching blades as simple and easy as possible for Cricut machine users.

You can use this method to sharpen your deep-point blade.  Instead of holding the blade at a 45 degree angle like the fine point blade, the deep cut blade has a steeper blade angle of 60 degrees. It is also made of stronger steel and may be harder to sharpen with this simple method. I wouldn't try this method on any other Cricut blades.

I hope you try this method of sharpening your Cricut blade. It really helps to extend the life of your blades, and save you money. It's definitely worth a try. It is an easy method that uses simple household materials that most people will have on hand.

Frequently Asked Questions

Does using tinfoil to sharpen your Cricut blade work?

No. It may be cleaning your blade which may improve it's performance, but it does not sharpen it.

Can I resharpen all my Cricut blades?

You can resharpen your fine-point blade and your deep-point blade. Remember that the angle of the blade is 45 degrees for the fine-point and 65 degrees for the deep-point blade.

How many times can I resharpen my Cricut blade?

You can resharpen it over and over, until the blade becomes too short to work with.

Is sharpening a Cricut blade worth it?

Yes! Sharpening your Cricut blades can extend their life significantly and save you money. Since it only takes a few minutes and requires inexpensive household items, it's definitely worth trying before buying a replacement.

If you try Sharpening Your Cricut Blade or any other idea on my blog please let me know how it went in the comments below. Thanks for visiting today!

More Cricut Posts

  • Cricut mat sizes, and types and when to use each one.
    The Beginner's Guide to Cricut Mat Sizes and Types
  • How to make earrings with your Cricut machine,
    How To Make Earrings With A Cricut
  • Cricut transfer tape with a Cricut machine in the back ground.
    How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape
  • How to cut vinyl on a Cricut machine to make a decal for a glass canister.
    How To Cut Vinyl On Your Cricut Step By Step Beginners Guide

Recipe

Materials for sharpening Cricut blade including Vim cleanser, and paper.

How To Sharpen A Cricut Blade

Use household items to sharpen the edge of your dull Cricut fine-point blade.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 15 minutes minutes
Author: Dannyelle Nicolle-Ramjist
Cost: $2

Equipment

  • small pliers
  • magnifying glass

Materials

  • mild abrasive material like toothpaste or Vim cleanser
  • dull fine point Cricut blade 
  • small piece paper
  • natural light

Instructions

  • First, apply a tiny amount of Vim cleanser to a piece of clean paper in a smear, and allow it to dry. You can hurry up the drying process by using a hairdryer. The cleanser will act as an abrasive to create a rough surface to sharpen the blade, almost like a very fine sandpaper.
    I did also experiment with toothpaste first, which was recommended in the video I linked above. The brand I was using didn't dry very well. It remained gummy on the paper, and I found it hard to work with. A different brand of toothpaste might have worked. I remembered that Vim cleanser can leave a dry powdery residue and decided to try it. It worked really well for me.
  • Once the cleanser is dry, you are ready to sharpen the blade. First remove the blade from the quickswap tools housing. Even a dull blade is sharp enough to cut yourself, so do take care. You may want to use some pliers to remove it from the fine point blade housing.
  • Find a spot next to a window, with good natural light. You may also like to use some magnifying glasses.  Even an inexpensive one from the dollar store will help you see the blade edge more clearly.
    Holding the blade in your fingers, or with some small pliers, drag the blade away from the cutting edge at the same 45 degree angle as the cutting edge.  Do this about 15 times on each side of the blade. Take care to hold the blade at the same angle as the existing blade edge. You can use a magnifying glass to look at your blade as you go.  This will help ensure the angle is working and the blade is being sharpened.
  • When you are finished you can make a test cut, and insure you have a sharp blade. If not, you can continue to sharpen it until it makes nice clean cuts again.

How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape

May 1, 2022 · 2 Comments

Cricut transfer tape with a Cricut machine in the back ground.

How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape: step by step guide on how to use Cricut transfer tape with vinyl projects.

Cricut transfer tape with a Cricut machine in the back ground.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Years ago, when I first started using my Cricut machine, I didn't think that transfer tape was really that necessary. It didn't take me long with trying to add vinyl with intricate designs to projects and messing up the spacing, or putting things on crooked to learn that transfer tape is pretty much essential for vinyl projects. Using transfer tape for your projects is the best way to transfer vinyl and a real game changer.  This step by step guide will show you exactly how to use Cricut transfer tape.

What Is Transfer Tape?

Transfer tape, sometimes called transfer paper, is essentially a carrier for your cut adhesive vinyl decals to your actual project -like a mug, or sign, water bottle or phone case, just to name a few possibilities. Without transfer tape it's hard to move the delicate cut vinyl pieces from their backer to the actually project without damaging them or placing them without the right spacing or at a wrong angle.

Transfer tape ensures that you can transfer the cut vinyl in exactly the same placement as it appears on the vinyl backer.

Cricut transfer tape

When Do You Use Transfer Tape

Transfer tape is generally only used for vinyl Cricut projects. After cutting a vinyl pattern on your Cricut machine, it will be on a backer piece. The goal of transfer tape is to "transfer" the cut design from the backer to the final project surface without damaging it, or ruining the spacing or layout of a piece. It is a great help when working with vinyl.

Whenever you have a cut out piece of vinyl to go onto a project's surface, you will need to use transfer tape for the best results. Transfer tape is especially helpful when working with larger projects.

How Does Transfer Tape Work?

Once you have a vinyl piece cut out and weeded you will place the clear transfer tape directly over the top and remove the vinyl backing paper. You can then move and position the vinyl to your exact desired location, and move it easily from transfer tape to its final resting place.

How To Use Cricut Transfer Tape For Your Project

Check out my YouTube video below that walks you through the whole process of how to use Cricut transfer tape, step by step.

YouTube video
Transfer tape is easy to use, even for Cricut beginners.

The first thing to do is to cut out your vinyl on your Cricut machine with a kiss cut, and remove it from the cutting mat. Next, you will need to weed the excess vinyl with the weeding tool, so that you are left with your vinyl design on its own carrier sheet.

To use the transfer tape, cut a piece large enough to cover your entire design. Remove the transfer tapes paper backing, and use the grid pattern on the tape to help line things up over the whole design in a straight line, then apply the sticky side of the transfer tape to the top of the vinyl design.

Next use the scraper tool to barnish the vinyl on to the piece of transfer tape.

how to apply Cricut transfer tape

Now, slowly remove the vinyl from it's backing sheet at a 45-degree angle. If the vinyl isn't sticking to the tape, go back and burnish it with the scraper tool some more.

Cricut vinyl transfer tape

Now carry the design on the transfer tape to the surface of your project. Use the grid to help line up your placement. Then use the scraper application tool again to burnish the craft vinyl onto the project surface.

how to use Cricut transfer tape

Lastly, slowly remove the transfer tape from the vinyl, leaving the vinyl cutouts in place on the finished project.

applying Cricut transfer tape

Vinyl Transfer Tape Tips

For A Curved Surface

Cut slits into the transfer tape if you're applying the design to curved surface. This will help to get things to lay smoothly and avoid air bubbles even if it's not a flat surface.

Troubleshooting Transfer Tape

Sometimes working with transfer tape is tricky. It can be challenging to get the vinyl to stick to the transfer tape, and also to get the tape off of the vinyl. You need the tape to be sticky enough to adhere to the vinyl, but not so sticky that it then won't allow you to remove it from the vinyl.

If you can't get the tape off of the vinyl project, remember to pull back at a 45 degree angle, work slowly, and do some extra burnishing if necessary especially on little pieces of the vinyl as you remove the tape.

If you don't have a Cricut scraping tool to use for burnishing, you can also use the edge of a credit card or gift card, or your finger nails.

You can also stick the transfer tape onto a clean towel or any cloth before using it to reduce the amount of tackiness of transfer tape.

Also you can reuse transfer tape several times, it will become less sticky the more times you use it.

If it isn't sticky enough to adhere to the vinyl, you may need to start with a new piece again.

Make sure the project area you are sticking your adhesive vinyl design to has a clean surface. You may clean the area first with an alcohol wipe, before transfering your vinyl.

When To Use Strong Grip Transfer Tape

There are different strengths of transfer tape, with different purposes. Regular grip is what you need for any regular vinyl. The standard grip works well for any regular vinyl project. The strong grip transfer tape is a high tack transfer tape. If you are working glitter vinyl the texture on it makes it difficult for regular transfer tape to adhere to it. For these projects the best choice to use is strong grip transfer tape because of its extra strong bond.. It's extra tack makes it perfect for working with this type of vinyl.

A word of caution though, strong grip transfer tape is too strong for normal vinyl projects.  If you use strong grip on permanent or removable vinyl, you own't be able to get the vinyl off of the transfer tape and onto your project.  I've learned this lesson the hard way, one day when I was out of regular transfer tape and thought I would use the strong grip.  Be sure to only use strong grip for the materials it's recommended with.

how to use Cricut transfer tape

Which Transfer Tape Is The Best?

There are many different types of transfer tapes available, from different brands. The best idea is to experiment with the different types and see which one you like working with best. I find that the Cricut transfer tape is the best transfer tape. I like that is is clear, and has the grid lines, making it easier to line up on final projects. Other people like other projects, so be sure to try a few out.

What Can I Use Instead Of Transfer Tape?

Sometimes you may run out of transfer tape, or find it too sticky for your project. There are a few other options that some people like to use. You can use painter's tape instead of transfer tape. Just overlap pieces to make it large enough to cover the design. Some people also like to use contact paper. You can also use Press and Seal Saran Wrap as a transfer tape alternative. Some people like to use the Press and Seal in a situation where they're transferring vinyl to a surface like poster board, where the transfer tape might be too sticky and mark the surface of the poster board.

I hope this step by step on how to use Cricut transfer tape has been helpful.  It is a really important step when working with vinyl.  It can be a little tricky the first time or two you're using it, but after that it should be a pretty easy step.

More Cricut Posts

You might also like our post on the Best Cricut Machine For Cutting Vinyl here.

best Cricut for cutting vinyl

Also check out How To Clean Your Cricut Mat here.

How to clean a Cricut cutting mat

You might also enjoy The Best Cricut Accessories You REALLY Need here.

How To Cut Vinyl On Your Cricut Step By Step Beginners Guide

Apr 30, 2022 · 5 Comments

How to cut vinyl on a Cricut machine to make a decal for a glass canister.

How To Cut Vinyl On Your Cricut -Step By Step Guide For Beginners, including prepping design, cutting, and transferring.

How to cut vinyl on a Cricut machine to make a decal for a glass canister.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Cutting vinyl on your Cricut is one of the most common and fun projects to create with your Cricut machine. But it can also be a little stressful the first few times. You might not know where to start and feel stressed out about making a mistake and ruining expensive material. We've put together a step-by-step easy tutorial to help you get started on how to cut vinyl on Cricut, that you can refer back to again and again whenever you need to. Whether it's your first time creating a vinyl projects, or you want to know the basic steps you're in the right place.

how to cut vinyl on cricut

Does It Matter Which Machine I'm Using?

Don't worry all the Cricut machines function pretty much the same way. Whether you are using a Cricut Maker, Cricut Explore Air, Cricut Joy, or the newer Maker 3 or Cricut Explore 3 any Cricut Explore machine, Cricut Maker machine or the Joy can all cut vinyl.

The Cricut Joy is obviously smaller, and has a smaller cutting mat, so that will affect how large of a project you can create. If you want to make a project larger than your Cricut Joy, you can also sometimes divide the project in several smaller cuts.

Want to know about the best Cricut machine for cutting out vinyl, check out this post.

Does It Matter Which Device I'm Using For Design Space?

All the Cricut machines use Cricut Design Space software to run. The Cricut machine needs some instructions about where to cut, and that is all done through Cricut Design Space. You can use Cricut Design Space on your desktop, iOS device, or Android device. They are all pretty similar, but desktop offers the most functions, and in general is the best device to work from if you have it available. Other than a few functions that aren't available though, the biggest difference is that some of the buttons will be in slightly different places for iOS and Android devices.

So no matter which device you're using don't worry, they will all work very well for cutting vinyl.

Which Vinyl Should I Use?

There are several different kinds of vinyl, and which type of vinyl to use all depends on what kind of Cricut projects you are making.

how to cut vinyl on Cricut

Permanent Vinyl

Permanent vinyl is an adhesive vinyl that will stick to your project surface permanently with a strong bond due to it's stronger adhesive. It's often used for surfaces that will receive a lot of wear and tear, like a phone case, or areas that might get wet like a the outside of a cup or mug.

Removable Vinyl

Removable vinyl is perfect for projects that you don't want to be permanent. It's used for things like a removable vinyl decal for the wall, or for decor that you might want to remove and change later. It doesn't leave any residue when it's removed.

Iron-On Vinyl

Cricuts heat transfer vinyl (HTV) is called Iron-on vinyl. It's applied to a surface with heat. It's often used for adding vinyl to clothing like t-shirts, but it can also be used on wood, paper, and other surfaces. This post will focus on how to cut regular vinyl, permanent or removable.

Printable Vinyl

If you want to add an image to a project, you can use printable vinyl. It can be printed at home with your laser printer.

Smart Vinyl

If you are using a Cricut Maker 3, an Explorer 3, or a Cricut Joy machine you can use new smart vinyl. Smart vinyl does not require a cutting mat. To use it, follow the directions below, but instead of putting the vinyl on a cutting mat to cut, load it directly into the machine. Smart vinyl is not compatible with the Cricut Maker, or the Cricut Explore Air 2.

How To Cut Vinyl -Step-by-Step Guide for the Cricut Beginner

Materials:

  • Cricut Cutting Machine
  • Brayer
  • Cricut Vinyl
  • Scraping Tool
  • Green Standard Grip Cutting Mat
  • Weeding Tool
  • Transfer Tape
  • Project Blank ie. mug, cup, phone case or other

If you prefer to learn by seeing, check out our YouTube video tutorial below.

 

YouTube video

Step 1-Preparing The Design In Cricut Design Space

Open Cricut Design Space and create a new project as your first step. You can create your own designs in Cricut Design Space, use a ready made project, or an image from Cricut Access or an svg file using the upload button to add your cut file. You can resize your design to work perfectly for your project, and even change the colours to coordinate with your vinyl and give you a better idea of the finished project.

Once you're happy with it, you're ready to hit the Make It button, in the top right on desktop.

Cricut vinyl decaf coffee label

Step 2 -Cut Preview Screen

Once you click Make It, you'll be taken to the cut preview screen. Here you can see a preview of how your project will be cut out. Check to make sure it's laid out properly, the sizing looks good, and that the right objects are grouped together on the same mats for cutting. When you are happy click the continue button at the bottom, and you'll be moved to the next screen.

cutting vinyl with a cricut

TroubleShooting

You may need to use the Attach function to hold your design together. If you go to the cut preview mat and things are out of place, go back to the project canvas and attach anything you need to.

If you find that something you would like to cut out of the same colour of vinyl as something else is on a different mat, there are a couple ways to fix it. This sometimes happens when you're using more than one svg or Cricut image and the colors don't match exactly.

One way is to go back to the project canvas and use the Color Sync function. Click on the Color Sync button at the top of the layers panel on desktop. Move objects by clicking on them in the layers panel and use your mouse to move them to the right color.

The other way to fix it is to adjust the mats in the cut preview screen. Click on the three dots in the corner of an object on the cut preview screen, and select Move Object, then select the cutting mat you'd like it to be on. It will be moved to the mat selected, and you can then click on it and move it into position with the objects, ready to cut.

Step 3 -Add The Vinyl To A Cutting Mat

Which Cricut Cutting Mat Do You Use For Vinyl?

The first thing to do is get your Cricut cutting mat ready, by laying a green standard grip mat on a flat surface. Remove the protective sheeting and lay aside to replace after you're finished using the cutting mat. Lay your piece of vinyl in the top left corner of the cutting mat, lining it up and keeping it straight.

The green standard grip mat is the best mat to use with regular vinyl projects.

Which Side Of The Vinyl Goes Up?

Add the vinyl to the cutting mat with the paper backing side down and the shiny side of the vinyl facing up. When cutting permanent or removable vinyl, it's always vinyl side up.

Do You Remove The Vinyl Backing Before Cutting?

Do not remove the backing of the vinyl before cutting it.

Use your fingers, a brayer tool, or a scraper tool to smooth out the vinyl and remove any air bubbles.

how to cut vinyl

Step 4 -Cut Settings

Power on your Cricut and make sure your Cricut machine is connected to your device, via bluetooth, or with the cable. You can select the machine at the top of the screen.

Next you will select the base material. This is the material you are cutting, in this case vinyl. There are several different vinyls to choose from. If you don't see the vinyl you are looking for on the screen, Browse All Materials, on top right. You can use the search feature in the top right corner to type vinyl and see all the different types of vinyl. Select your vinyl type for this project from the list. If it's a vinyl that you will use often, like the premium vinyl, you can click on the star beside it to have this vinyl setting added to your favourites list for next time you're looking for a cut setting.

For older machines, you will have to use the smart dial on the top of the machine and turn it to the right setting.

how to cut vinyl on cricut

Once you have selected the base material, you can also choose the pressure setting for your cut. There is less, default, and more available to choose from. You will probably want to leave it at the default setting.

Next, you will be prompted to load tools and materials. For cutting vinyl, you'll be using a fine point blade. Make sure the premium fine-point blade is loaded in the blade housing, as prompted, and now load your cutting mat into your Cricut. Line up the mat with the guides and push the Load/Unload button with the arrows on it.

Lastly, make sure your machine has nothing behind it so that the mat can feed in and out, and press the Go button to begin the cut.

If your cut uses multiple mats, remove the vinyl after each cut, add the new colour, load it into the machine and press the Go button for the next cut. Repeat this process until your entire project is cut out.

Test Cutting

If you are working with a new material for the first time, it's often recommend to do a test cut. In the long run this can help you save costly materials. To create a test cut you would add a simple shape like a square or circle to a new canvas and size it to be less than an inch in size. Proceed to cut it with the default settings for the material. Once it's cut, determine if you has cut through, or whether you should add pressure. If the cut isn't successful, do another cut with adjusted settings until it's successful, and take note of the settings for actual project, or create custom settings for a specific material.

Is it worth the effort to test cut? Anyone who's wasted a full sheet of material before would probably say yes. The idea is to do a tiny cut and make sure the settings are perfect for the right cut before proceeding with the project. Yes, it does take a little extra time, but in the long run it might save you time and material, rather than making a mistake on the larger project. Most common materials, like everyday vinyl will work just fine with the default settings, but it can be trickier with less common materials like glitter vinyl, where you may find it worthwhile to test cut, or if you are using a different brand Cricut.

Step 4 -Weeding

After your vinyl is cut and removed from the Cricut mat, it's time to weed the design. Weeding means to remove the excess vinyl from the carrier sheet, leaving just the cut image.

What Is A Kiss Cut?

Your vinyl has been cut with a kiss cut, meaning that the vinyl is cut through, but the paper liner on the back is still intact.

Use a weeding tool to remove the excess vinyl. It can be difficult to see the cut lines sometimes especially with intricate designs, so be sure to work in a well lit area for removing the little pieces.

how to cut a vinyl decal on your cricut

Step 5 -Applying The VInyl To Your Project

If you are applying the vinyl to a hard washable surface like a cup, mug, or phone case you will want to prepare the surface before adding the vinyl to remove unseen dirt, or oils that may keep the vinyl design adhesive backing from adhering well to the final project. For best results, you may use an alcohol wipe to clean it before adhering the vinyl.

using transfer tape on vinyl for cricut

The next steps are to apply the vinyl to your project, using a piece of transfer tape, sometimes called transfer paper. You can read more about using How To Use Transfer Tape here. To use the transfer tape, cut a piece large enough to cover the entire image. Next, remove the backing piece and place the clear transfer tape top layer over the entire design. Use the grid pattern on the Cricut transfer tape to line up the design. Next, use a scraper tool to burnish it. Once the craft vinyl is fully adhered, slowly pull the transfer tape with the vinyl layer stuck to it, off of the paper backing. Now transfer the vinyl to your final product by placing the transfer tape on to your piece and burnishing it. Lastly, slowly remove the transfer tape a little bit at a time, at 45 degree angle.

applying Cricut vinyl
how to cut out vinyl with your Cricut machine
Cricut vinyl project

Cutting vinyl on your Cricut machine is an amazing way to personalize and decorate countless projects. This ultimate guide walks you through each step on how to cut vinyl on your Cricut, making it easy to do even for a beginner. Save this post for reference in the future by pinning it to your Cricut board in Pinterest.

More Cricut Tutorials

You might also like our post on How To Clean A Cricut Mat here.

How to clean a Cricut cutting mat

Also check out our post on The Best Cricut Accessories You REALLY Need here.

You might also like our post on The Best Cricut Machine For Cutting Vinyl here.

best Cricut for cutting vinyl

How To Slice In Cricut Design Space

Apr 18, 2022 · 2 Comments

How to slice in Cricut Design Space.

How To Slice in Cricut Design Space: step by step guide of how to slice on Cricut, including when to use this tool for cropping, making new shapes, and creating a split monogram.

how to slice in Cricut Design Space
[feast_advanced_jump_to]


Slice is an important tool within Cricut Design Space that will allow you to slice shapes and text that you want to create with your Cricut machine.

What Actually Is Slice?

I like to think of the slice tool like a cookie cutter, because that's how it functions. It might be helpful to picture your dough, cookie cutter, and the cookie cut out of the dough, as the material, the item you're slicing out, and the piece that is sliced out of the material. You can then delete any items you don't want in your design. There are many different ways to use the slice tool in your Cricut projects which is sure to make it one of your favorite tools in Cricut Design Space.

When Do You Use Slice?

To Create a Hole, or Slice Text Out Of An Object

Slice is a great way to remove or slice some text or a shape out of another object and leave a hole there. Again think of the cookie cutter, or hole punch if that's helpful. So it's great for slicing text out of a shape, or adding a hole to an object when you're making something like a gift tag.

Create New Shapes

One of my favourite ways to use the slice function is to create new shapes and make new shapes. For example, slice a circle into a crescent moon shape. With weld and slice working together you can create just about any shape you want from the free basic shapes in Cricut Design Space.

Crop Items or Cut Off Unwanted Parts

If you have an item and you want to crop it, or remove a certain part of it, slice works really well for this. You would use a free shape, and make it large enough to cover the unwanted part, then select both and slice. Then simply delete the unwanted parts.

Cut An Item Into Multiple Pieces

Let's say you have an item that has a single image and some text and they aren't different layers. You can use the slice tool to separate the text item from the rest and move it around wherever you would like it in your design.

Things You Need To Know About Slice

  • You have to have two overlapping layers to use slice. You cannot use slice on individual layers. This one is pretty logical if you think about it, you need something as a bottom layer to slice out of, and you need the item you're using to slice with (the dough and the cookie cutter).
  • Slice only works on two layers at a time. If you have more than two layers selected the slice tool will be grayed out and unavailable to select.
  • You can slice text.

Where Is The Slice Tool?

Desktop -on your desktop device slice is located at the bottom of the layers panel, on the lower right corner of your canvas.

how to slice in Cricut design space

iOS -you will find it under the actions menu. So first click on the actions menu at the bottom of your screen, and then look for the slice button.

using slice in Cricut

Android -on an Android device using the Cricut Design Space app you will find the slice button as part of the actions menu, so first click on the actions button, and then look for slice.

how to slice on cricut

Troubleshooting Slice -Why Is Slice Grayed Out?

If your slice tool is grayed out and unavailable to select in Cricut Design Space, it's a sign to you that you aren't fitting the requirements for using it. The most common issues would be that you have more than two layers selected at once.

Remember slice only works for two layers at a time. It won't work on a single layer, and it won't work for three or more layers selected at once, so first check that you only have two overlapping layers selected.

Often when something is grouped you are not able to slice. To fix this ungroup the items, then select just two overlapping items at a time to slice them.

How To Use Slice

If you prefer to a video, check out our YouTube video here all about how to slice, and the different ways to use it.

 

YouTube video

For our first example we've added a heart to a new canvas from the free shapes.

Next, select the text tool and type out a word or phrase to add it to your canvas. You can change the font to one of your own or use one of the free fonts, or size to fit your design.

Then position the text over the heart, and make sure both the heart and the text are selected.

how to slice in Cricut Design Space

Click the Cricut slice tool, at the lower right of the canvas, at the bottom of the layers panel, on desktop.

slice in Cricut
how to slice in Cricut Design Space

After the slice, you will see the "slice results" in the layers panel. You will have three different parts now -the original shape that is now sliced, for us the heart with the the text cut out of it. There will also be the text that was sliced out of the heart -which is the pink text for our example. And lastly there is the original black text.

how to slice on Cricut

We can delete the pink and black text and we're left with the new design with the text sliced out of it.

Using Slice To Crop An Object

Sometimes if you're using someone else's image cut file, or a image from Design Space, there may be elements of it that you would like to crop out.

using slice in Cricut Design Space

To do this in Cricut Design Space all you have to do is select a free shape by clicking on shapes and selecting one that will cover what you want to crop.  Next, when it appears on your canvas, adjust the size and place it over top of what you'd like to crop out.

how do you slice on a Cricut

Then select the item layer, and the shape layer and press the slicing tool button. This will create new cut paths .Look for the slice result in the layers panel and use delete to remove the slice result and the original shape.

how to use slice on Cricut

Using Slice To Create New Shapes

Sometimes when you are designing you want a shape that isn't available in the free shapes menu library. You can often create the shape yourself from two different shapes using slice and/or the weld tool to create your own new shapes at no additional cost.

The first thing to do to create a crescent moon shape from free shapes is to start with a new canvas, and then add a circle shape. Next use the duplicate button to add another circle to the canvas. Now position the circles so that they are overlapping to create a crescent moon.

how to use slice in Cricut Design Space

Select both layers and choose the slice feature. You will be left with a new crescent shape, along with the the other two slice results. You can delete the results you don't want and use the new free crescent shape moon design in your Cricut projects.

how to use slice in Cricut
how do you use the slice function in Cricut

This example is quite simple, but you can also use this method for more complex designs with multiple slices, and also welding pieces together to create lots more new shapes.

Using Slice To Cut An Item Into Multiple Items

Sometimes when you're using already made images from someone else, or Cricut Design Space there are elements that you would like to move around, but the item is a single-layer image, so you can not select certain elements and move them. The slice option is a great tool to help. As we did with the cropping example, we start by selecting a shape from the free simple shapes library that covers what we want to slice.

slice in Cricut
when to use slice in Cricut

Next we'll select both items and click slice. Now we can look at our slice results in the layers menu, and delete the shape we used as well as the shape cut out piece. The text will now be it's own layer and we can delete it, re-size it, move it to the top, or do whatever we like with it, because it has become it's own layer.

how does slice work in Cricut
when would you use slice in Cricut

Creating A Split Monogram

A popular project that uses slice is to create a split monogram made by slicing individual letters and adding in a name. It's very simple to do.

Open a new canvas, and click on the text button, and type a letter in the text box. Choose any font or font size that you like.

how to make split monogram with slice in Cricut

Next, add a square shape to the canvas, and click the lock on it's dimensions, then use the scale button in the lower right corner of the bounding box to drag it into a long and narrow rectangle. Select the letter and the rectangle and click on slice.

how to make a split monogram in Cricut

Now delete, the rectangle, and the pieces cut out of the centre of the rectangle.

creating a split monogram in Cricut

Now, create another text box and type out the name, choosing your font and sizing it to fit in the empty spot. Then move the name to the middle of the cut out letter.

how to make a split monogram with your Cricut

To add a line to the top and the bottom of the split, add a square to the canvas and unlock the dimensions.  Size it to form a thin line the width of the monogram.  Now use the duplicate button to copy it.  Position one at the top and one at the bottom.  Select both lines and the monogram and then click the weld button.

how to make a slit monogram in Cricut Design Space

That's how easy it is to create a split monogram using the slice function.

There are so many different projects you can make using slice. I hope you've found these explanations and examples helpful. Be sure to check you the youtube video if you prefer to see a live demonstration of how to use slice. With all these cool tricks for using slice, life really is a party!

Subscribe For Lots More Cricut Projects and Tips and Tricks

Just for subscribing we'd love to send you our free e-book 10 Mistakes You're Making With Your Cricut and How To Avoid Them.

You might also enjoy The Best Way To Clean A Cricut Cutting Mat post here.

How to clean a Cricut cutting mat

Also check out How To Weld In Cricut Design Space post here.

  • « Go to Previous Page
  • Page 1
  • Page 2
  • Page 3
  • Page 4
  • Interim pages omitted …
  • Page 20
  • Go to Next Page »

Primary Sidebar

Welcome!

Life is a Party is all about helping you celebrate everyday with great food, entertaining and party inspiration, and seasonal crafts and home decor inspired by the holidays.

More About Dannyelle

Trending Recipes

  • Mac and cheese with panko breadcrumb topping.
    Best Homemade Mac and Cheese with Panko Breadcrumb Topping
  • Homemade iced capps in glasses on a wood table.
    Tim Hortons Copycat Iced Capp Recipe
  • Dirt Pudding no cream cheese in glasses with candy rocks, and fresh mint that looks like a little plant.
    Easy Dirt Pudding Recipe without Cream Cheese
  • Easy 3 ingredient coconut milkshake recipe.
    Easy Coconut Milkshake Recipe
  • Easy food processor scones on a plate with jam.
    Easy Food Processor Scones
  • Fluffy small batch pancakes for two ready to serve on a plate with syrup.
    Easy Small Batch Pancakes For Two Recipe

St. Patrick's Day Ideas

  • St. Patrick's Day dinner and movie ideas for at home celebrations.
    St. Patrick's Night In -Dinner and Movie Ideas for St. Patrick's Day
  • Irish ploughman's lunch with cheese, ham eggs, bread and apple.
    How To Make A Ploughman's Lunch with an Irish Twist for St. Patrick's Day
  • St. Patrick's Day party decor, menu, and drinks.
    St. Patrick's Day Party
  • St. Patrick's Day Burgers with an Irish Twist
  • Easy DIY St. Patrick's Day art.
    St Patrick's Day Art

Easter and Spring Ideas

  • easter bunny banner Cricut free cut file
    Free DIY Cricut Easter Bunny Banner
  • bunny treat box Cricut free cut file
    Cricut Bunny Treat Box Free Cut File
  • free printable Easter jokes
    Free Printable Easter Jokes
  • vintage Easter card free printables
    Free Vintage Easter Printables
  • Easter table ideas
    Easter Table Ideas
  • spring home decor ideas
    Spring Decorating Ideas Home Tour
  • Recipe Index
  • Parties & Entertaining
  • Spring and Easter
  • Subscribe
  • Free Resource Library

Footer

back to top

as seen in:

Better Homes and Garden Logo
American Farmhouse Style logo.
Apartment Therapy logo.

About

  • Privacy Policy
  • About

Subscribe

  • Sign Up! for emails and updates

Contact

  • Contact

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Copyright © 2025 Life is a Party

Share
Pin
Post
Share
Pin
Post

Rate This Recipe

Your vote:




A rating is required
A name is required
An email is required